Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

to draw one's origin from

  • 1 Origo

    1.
    ŏrīgo, ĭnis, f. [orior], earliest beginning, commencement, source, descent, lineage, birth, origin (class.; syn. ortus).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    originem rerum quaerere,

    Cic. Univ. 3:

    origo tyranni,

    id. Rep. 2, 29, 51:

    principii nulla est origo: nam e principio oriuntur omnia,

    id. ib. 6, 25, 27:

    nullius autem rei causā remotā reperiri origo potest,

    id. Univ. 2, 3:

    rerum genitalis,

    Lucr. 5, 176:

    ab origine gentem (corripiunt morbi),

    Verg. G. 3, 473:

    summi boni,

    Cic. Fin 2, 10, 31:

    omnium virtutum,

    id. ib. 4, 7, 17:

    fontium qui celat origines Nilus,

    source, Hor. C. 4, 14, 45:

    auctore ab aliquo ducere originem,

    to derive one's origin from, to descend from, id. ib. 3, 17, 5:

    mentis causa malae est origo penes te,

    Juv. 14, 226:

    accipere,

    to take its origin, originate, Quint. 5, 11, 19:

    ducere ex Hispaniā,

    to be of Spanish derivation, id. 1, 5, 57: deducere ab aliquo, to derive one's origin from, descend from, Plin. [p. 1279] 6, 20, 23, §

    76: ab aliquo habere,

    to draw one's origin from, descend from, id. 15, 14, 15, § 49:

    trahere,

    id. 5, 24, 21, § 86:

    PATRONVS AB ORIGINE,

    i. e. from his ancestors, Inscr. Fabr. p. 101, n. 232.—
    B.
    In partic.:

    Origines,

    the title of a work by Cato upon the early history of the Italian cities, Nep. Cat. 3, 3:

    quod (M. Cato) in principio scripsit Originum suarum,

    Cic. Planc. 27, 66; id. Sen. 11, 38.—Hence, in allusion to this title: quam ob rem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetet oratio populi origines;

    libenter enim etiam verbo utor Catonis,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 3.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    A race, stock, family, Ov. M. 1, 186:

    ille tamen nostrā deducit origine nomen,

    Verg. A. 10, 618:

    Vitelliorum originem alii aliam tradunt: partim veterem et nobilem, partim vero novam et obscuram, atque etiam sordidam,

    Suet. Vit. 1.—Of animals, Verg. G. 3, 473. —
    B.
    Of persons, an ancestor, progenitor, founder:

    Aeneas, Romanae stirpis origo,

    Verg. A. 12, 166:

    celebrant carminibus antiquis Tuisconem deum terrā editum, et filium Mannum, originem gentis conditoresque,

    Tac. G. 2:

    hujus origo Ilus,

    Ov. M. 11, 755:

    mundi melioris origo,

    the creator, id. ib. 1, 79; cf. Stat. Th. 1, 680:

    eaeque (urbes) brevi multum auctae, pars originibus suis praesidio, aliae decori fuere,

    their mother-cities, Sall. J. 19, 1; so Liv. 26, 13; 38, 39; also in sing., id. 37, 37; Inst. 23, 1.
    2.
    Ŏrīgo, ĭnis, f., a female proper name, Hor. S. 1, 2, 55.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Origo

  • 2 origo

    1.
    ŏrīgo, ĭnis, f. [orior], earliest beginning, commencement, source, descent, lineage, birth, origin (class.; syn. ortus).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    originem rerum quaerere,

    Cic. Univ. 3:

    origo tyranni,

    id. Rep. 2, 29, 51:

    principii nulla est origo: nam e principio oriuntur omnia,

    id. ib. 6, 25, 27:

    nullius autem rei causā remotā reperiri origo potest,

    id. Univ. 2, 3:

    rerum genitalis,

    Lucr. 5, 176:

    ab origine gentem (corripiunt morbi),

    Verg. G. 3, 473:

    summi boni,

    Cic. Fin 2, 10, 31:

    omnium virtutum,

    id. ib. 4, 7, 17:

    fontium qui celat origines Nilus,

    source, Hor. C. 4, 14, 45:

    auctore ab aliquo ducere originem,

    to derive one's origin from, to descend from, id. ib. 3, 17, 5:

    mentis causa malae est origo penes te,

    Juv. 14, 226:

    accipere,

    to take its origin, originate, Quint. 5, 11, 19:

    ducere ex Hispaniā,

    to be of Spanish derivation, id. 1, 5, 57: deducere ab aliquo, to derive one's origin from, descend from, Plin. [p. 1279] 6, 20, 23, §

    76: ab aliquo habere,

    to draw one's origin from, descend from, id. 15, 14, 15, § 49:

    trahere,

    id. 5, 24, 21, § 86:

    PATRONVS AB ORIGINE,

    i. e. from his ancestors, Inscr. Fabr. p. 101, n. 232.—
    B.
    In partic.:

    Origines,

    the title of a work by Cato upon the early history of the Italian cities, Nep. Cat. 3, 3:

    quod (M. Cato) in principio scripsit Originum suarum,

    Cic. Planc. 27, 66; id. Sen. 11, 38.—Hence, in allusion to this title: quam ob rem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetet oratio populi origines;

    libenter enim etiam verbo utor Catonis,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 3.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    A race, stock, family, Ov. M. 1, 186:

    ille tamen nostrā deducit origine nomen,

    Verg. A. 10, 618:

    Vitelliorum originem alii aliam tradunt: partim veterem et nobilem, partim vero novam et obscuram, atque etiam sordidam,

    Suet. Vit. 1.—Of animals, Verg. G. 3, 473. —
    B.
    Of persons, an ancestor, progenitor, founder:

    Aeneas, Romanae stirpis origo,

    Verg. A. 12, 166:

    celebrant carminibus antiquis Tuisconem deum terrā editum, et filium Mannum, originem gentis conditoresque,

    Tac. G. 2:

    hujus origo Ilus,

    Ov. M. 11, 755:

    mundi melioris origo,

    the creator, id. ib. 1, 79; cf. Stat. Th. 1, 680:

    eaeque (urbes) brevi multum auctae, pars originibus suis praesidio, aliae decori fuere,

    their mother-cities, Sall. J. 19, 1; so Liv. 26, 13; 38, 39; also in sing., id. 37, 37; Inst. 23, 1.
    2.
    Ŏrīgo, ĭnis, f., a female proper name, Hor. S. 1, 2, 55.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > origo

  • 3 σπάω

    σπάω, S.Ant. 1003, Ar. Pax 498, etc.: [tense] fut. σπάσω [ᾰ] Lyc.484, ([etym.] δια-) Hdt.7.236, ([etym.] ἐπι-) S.Aj. 769: [tense] aor.
    A

    ἔσπᾰσα Il.13.178

    (tm.), [dialect] Ep.

    σπάσα 5.859

    (tm.), etc.: [tense] pf.

    ἔσπᾰκα Arist.Pr. 930a21

    , ([etym.] ἀν-) Hp.Superf. 22, Ar.Ach. 1069:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.

    σπάσομαι Hp.Vict.2.38

    , etc.: [tense] aor.

    ἐσπᾰσάμην Il.19.387

    , Hdt.3.29, Philostr.VA7.42, [dialect] Ep.

    σπασάμην Od. 10.166

    , [dialect] Ep. also σπάσσασθε, σπασσάμενος (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    σπασθήσομαι Gal.16.760

    , ([etym.] δια-) X.An.4.8.10: [tense] aor.

    ἐσπάσθην Il.11.458

    , etc.: [tense] pf.

    ἔσπασμαι Hp.Morb.1.20

    , ([etym.] δι-) Th.6.98, etc.; also in med. sense, X.An.7.4.16, Cyr.7.5.29. Mostly poet. ( ἕλκω being preferred in Prose):— draw, hence,
    I of a sword, draw, mostly in [voice] Med.,

    φάσγανά τε σπάσσασθε Od.22.74

    ;

    σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος παρὰ μηροῦ Il.16.473

    ;

    ἐκ δ' ἄρα σύριγγος.. ἐσπάσατ' ἔγχος 19.387

    ;

    σπασαμένων τὰς μαχαίρας PTeb.48.19

    (ii B.C.), cf. 138 (ii B.C.): in [voice] Act.,

    ξίφος σπάσαντα E.Or. 1194

    ;

    φάσγανον σπάσας χερί Id.IT 322

    :—[voice] Pass., ἐσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη having their swords drawn, X.An.7.4.16;

    ἐσπασμένον ὃν εἶχεν ἀκινάκην Id.Cyr.7.5.29

    ;

    ἐσπασμένοις τοῖς ξίφεσι D.S. 4.52

    .
    3 abs., σπᾶτ' ἀνδρείως pull, hoist away, like men, Ar. Pax 498.
    II of violent actions, pluck off or out,

    κόμην S.OT 1243

    ;

    λάχνην Id.Tr. 690

    ; cf. σπαστέος.
    2 tear, rend, esp. of ravenous animals, S.Ant. 258, 1003; λαιμοτόμους κεφαλάς dub. l. in E.IA 776 (lyr.); σ. τοῖς ὄνυξιν [τοὺς νεοττούς], of the eagle, Arist.HA 619b31:—[voice] Pass., φλέβιον, σάρκα σπασθῆναι, Hp.Morb. 1.17.
    3 wrench, sprain,

    τὸ σκέλος ἔσπασε Plu.Arat.33

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    τὸν μηρὸν σπασθῆναι Hdt.6.134

    ;

    τοὺς πόδας E.Cyc. 639

    .
    5 metaph., carry away, draw aside,

    ἀλλά σ' ἔσπασεν πειθώ S.El. 561

    ;

    τὰ πάθη οἷον νεῦρα σ. ἡμᾶς Pl. Lg. 644e

    .
    6 Medic., cause convulsion or spasm, v.l. in Hp.Art. 67:—[voice] Pass., to be convulsed,

    σπασθεὶς ἀποθνῄσκει Id.Aph.5.5

    , Thphr. HP 4.4.13, etc.; ἐσπᾶτο γὰρ πέδονδε καὶ μετάρσιος, of Heracles in his agony, S.Tr. 786, cf. σπάσμα, σπασμός: metaph., to be harassed, anxious, Arr.Epict.1.1.16.
    III draw in, suck in,

    θρόμβον αἵματος A. Ch. 533

    ;

    ἔσπασεν ἄμυστιν ἑλκύσας E. Cyc. 417

    ; συνεκθανεῖν σπῶντα χρὴ τῷ πώματι ib. 571;

    μεστὴν ἀκράτου Θηρίκλειον ἔσπασεν Alex.5

    , cf. 285; opp. λάπτω, κάπτω, Plu. 2.699d, cf.

    σπάσις 11

    ; σ. τὸν μαστόν suck it, Arist.HA 587a33;

    σ. ἀμυστί Ael.NA6.51

    ; and in [voice] Med.,

    ταυρείου σπασάμενος αἵματος Apollod.1.9.27

    :—[voice] Pass., of the female, to be sucked, Arist.HA 576b11 ( τὸ ἄγαν σπᾶσθαι prob. l.); cf.

    ἕλκω A. 11.4

    .
    3 metaph., derive, τροφήν, of winds, Hp.Vict.2.38;

    πειθώ τε καὶ εἵμερον ἔσπασε ἐκ..

    drew, derived..,

    IG14.889

    ([place name] Sinuessa); σ. ἔρωτα enjoy it, Opp.H.4.270; ὀλίγον ὕπνου ς. snatch a little sleep, Hld.5.1:—[voice] Med., Id.2.16.
    2 of angling,

    ἡ μήρινθος οὐδὲν ἔσπασεν Ar. Th. 928

    : hence prov., οὐκ ἔσπασεν ταύτῃ γε 'he took nothing by his motion', Id.V. 175.
    V derive,

    ἐπωνυμίαν παρά τινων Philostr.VS2.10.6

    , cf. Ael.NA14.15 ([voice] Med.); ἀρχὴν λυρικῆς καὶ πέρας ς. AP9.184 (s. v.l.); ῥίζαν σ. τινός derive one's origin from.., Lyc.623;

    σ. τὴν κλῆσιν ἀπό τινος S.E.M.1.46

    ;

    ἔννοιαν θεοῦ ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους φαντασιῶν Epicur.Fr. 353

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σπάω

  • 4 deduco

    dē-dūco, xi, ctum ( imper.:

    deduc,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 21, 34;

    old form, deduce,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 32), 3, v. a., to lead or bring away, to lead, fetch, bring or draw down (for syn. cf.: duco, comitor, prosequor, persequor, stipo, sequor, consequor—freq. and class.).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Not designating a limit:

    atomos de via,

    to turn from a straight course, Cic. Fat. 9, 18:

    eum concionari conantem de rostris,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 21, 3:

    pedes de lecto,

    Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 82:

    suos clam ex agris,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 30 fin.; so,

    aliquem ex ultimis gentibus,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 13:

    lunam e curru,

    Tib. 1, 8, 21; cf.

    the foll.: summā vestem deduxit ab orā,

    Ov. M. 3, 480:

    cantando rigidas deducere montibus ornos,

    Verg. E. 6, 71: lunam caelo id. ib. 8, 69; cf.:

    lunam cursu,

    Ov. H. 6, 85:

    hunc caelo,

    id. F. 3, 317:

    dominam Ditis thalamo,

    Verg. A. 6, 397:

    tota carbasa malo,

    i. e. to spread, unfurl, by letting down, Ov. M. 11, 477; cf.

    the foll.: febres corpore,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 48:

    inde boves,

    Ov. M. 6, 322:

    transfuga duci se ad consules jubet deductusque traditurum urbem promittit,

    Liv. 9, 24:

    Ubiis imperat, ut pecora deducant suaque omnia ex agris in oppida conferant,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 10, 2; cf. Liv. 21, 37: rivos, i. e. to clear out, cleanse ( = detergere, Macr. Sat. 3, 3; Col. 2, 22, 3), Verg. G. 1, 269 Heyne ad loc.; cf.:

    aqua Albana deducta ad utilitatem agri suburbani,

    conducted off, Cic. Div. 2, 32, 69, and v. the foll.:

    lunam,

    Prop. 1, 1, 19; cf.

    Jovem,

    the sun, Hor. Epod. 13, 2:

    crines pectine,

    to comb, Ov. M. 4, 311; cf.:

    caesariem barbae dextrā,

    id. ib. 15, 656:

    vela,

    id. ib. 3, 663:

    sive aliquis molli deducit candida gestu Brachia,

    moves, Prop. 2, 22 (3, 15), 5 (al. diducit); imitated by Stat. Silv. 3, 5, 66 (al. diducit) et saep.—
    b.
    Stating the limit:

    cito hunc deduc ad militem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 32:

    aliquem ad aliquem,

    id. ib. 4, 4, 10; Cic. Lael. 1; Caes. B. G. 7, 28 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 18, 3; Sall. J. 113 fin. et saep.:

    juvenem ad altos currus,

    Ov. M. 2, 106:

    suas vestes humero ad pectora,

    Ov. M. 6, 405; cf.:

    manum ad imum ventrem,

    Quint. 11, 3, 112 et saep.:

    impedimenta in proximum collem,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 68, 2:

    aquam in vias,

    Cato R. R. 155; Ov. M. 1, 582:

    aliquem in conspectum (Caesaris),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 22, 2:

    aliquem in arcem,

    Liv. 1, 18; id. 1, 58:

    aliquem in carcerem,

    Sall. C. 55:

    in arenam,

    Suet. Calig. 35: levis deducet pondere fratres, will bring down (the scale), Grat. Cyn. 292. —
    B.
    In partic.
    I.
    Milit. t. t., to draw off, lead off, withdraw troops from a place; to lead, conduct, bring to a place: praesidia de locis, Sisenna ap. Non. 289, 15; so with de, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 60; Caes. B. G. 5, 51, 2; Cic. Att. 7, 14 al.:

    exercitum ex his regionibus,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 44, 19; so with ex, id. ib. 7, 87, 4 fin.; 7, 81 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 12, 3 al.:

    legionem ab opere,

    id. ib. 3, 69; so with ab, id. ib. 2, 26, 3; Liv. 34, 35 al.:

    deducta Orico legione,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 34:

    exercitum finibus Attali,

    Liv. 32, 27: deducto exercitu, Caes. B. G. 6, 43, 3; 7, 20, 11; id. B. C. 3, 39 al.; cf. Oud. ad Caes. B. G. 2, 33, 2:

    milites ad Ciceronem,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 27, 9:

    tres in arcem cohortes praesidio,

    id. B. C. 3, 19, 5:

    a Flacco inter ceteros, quos virtutis causa secum ex provincia ad triumphum deducebat, deductus sum,

    Liv. 42, 34:

    copias ex locis superioribus in campum deducit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 40 fin.:

    legionibus in hiberna deductis,

    id. B. G. 2, 35, 3; so,

    in hiberna,

    Liv. 26, 20; 43, 9:

    in interiorem Galliam,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 2; cf.

    in Menapios,

    id. ib. 4, 22, 5:

    in proxima municipia,

    id. B. C. 1, 32:

    in hiberna in Sequanos,

    id. B. G. 1, 54, 2:

    in aciem,

    Liv. 3, 62:

    praesidia eo,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 18, 5:

    neque more militari vigiliae deducebantur,

    Sall. Jug. 44, 5; id. C. 59, 1. —
    2.
    Pub. law t. t., to lead forth, conduct a colony to a place:

    coloni, qui lege Julia Capuam deducti erant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 14, 4; cf. Suet. Caes. 81:

    colonos in aliquem locum,

    id. ib. 28:

    coloniam in aliquem locum,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 3; 2, 4; Liv. 10, 1; 10, 13; 34, 45 (repeatedly); Suet. Tib. 4 al.:

    Aquileia colonia Latina eo anno in agro Gallorum est deducta,

    Liv. 40, 34; cf.:

    in colonia Capua deducti,

    Suet. Caes. 81:

    ut emantur agri a privatis, quo plebs publice deducatur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 25; cf. id. ib. 2, 26;

    2, 34, 92: triumvir coloniis deducendis,

    Sall. J. 42; cf. Liv. 9, 46; 9, 28; Suet. Aug. 46 al.— Absol.:

    deductis olim et nobiscum per conubium sociatis, haec patria est,

    Tac. H. 4, 65. —
    3.
    Nautical t. t.
    a.
    To draw out a ship from the docks:

    ex navalibus eorum unam (navem) deducit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 3, 2:

    deducunt socii naves,

    Verg. A. 3, 71.—Hence far more freq. meton., like the Gr. kathelkein, to draw down a ship from the stocks into the sea; to launch, Liv. 21, 17; 41, 9; Caes. B. G. 7, 60:

    neque multum abesse (naves) ab eo, quin paucis diebus deduci possent,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 2:

    naves,

    id. ib. 5, 23, 2:

    classem,

    Liv. 36, 41 al.:

    naves litore,

    Verg. A. 4, 398:

    carinas,

    Ov. M. 6, 144; 8, 104 et saep.—
    b.
    Rarely for subducere and the Gr. katagein, to draw a ship into port:

    onerarias naves in portum deducunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36, 2:

    in portum,

    Petr. 101, 8.—
    4.
    Weavers' t. t., to draw out, spin out the thread, yarn:

    dextera tum leviter deducens fila, Catull. 64, 313: filum,

    Ov. M. 4, 36; id. Am. 1, 14, 7; id. H. 9, 77.—Hence, meton., to prepare a web, to weave:

    vetus in tela deducitur argumentum,

    is interwoven, represented in weaving, Ov. M. 6, 69.—
    5.
    t. t. of common life, to lead out, conduct, escort, accompany a person out of the house, as a mark of respect or for protection:

    haec ipsa sunt honorabilia... assurgi, deduci, reduci,

    Cic. de Sen. 18, 63:

    cum magna multitudo optimorum virorum et civium me de domo deduceret,

    id. Fam. 10, 12, 2; Suet. Aug. 29:

    ne deducendi sui causa populum de foro abduceret,

    Liv. 23, 23 fin.; cf. Tac. A. 3, 14:

    a quibus (sc. equitibus Rom.) si domus nostra celebratur, si interdum ad forum deducimur, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 34.—
    b.
    Esp., to conduct a young man to a public teacher:

    dicam hunc a patre continuo ad me esse deductum,

    Cic. Cael. 4, 9; id. Lael. 1, 1; Tac. Dial. 34; Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. ephebum in gymnasium, Petron. 85, 3.—
    c.
    Aliquam alicui, ad aliquem, to lead, conduct a bride (from her father's house) to her husband (cf. denubo):

    bona uxor si ea deducta est usquam cuiquam gentium,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 90; cf.

    Catull. 68, 143: virginem juveni marito,

    Tib. 3, 4, 31:

    uni nuptam, ad quem virgo deducta sit,

    Liv. 10, 23:

    nullo exemplo deductae in domum patrui fratris filiae,

    Tac. A. 12, 5; so,

    in domum,

    id. ib. 14, 63; so of the bridegroom himself, to take home the bride:

    domum in cubiculum,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 60:

    uxorem domum,

    id. Hec. 1, 2, 60:

    quo primum virgo quaeque deducta est,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 14 fin.—Absol.:

    eas velut auspicibus nobilissimis populis deductas esse,

    Liv. 42, 12, 4; cf. Prop. 4 (5), 3, 13.—
    (β).
    In a dishonorable sense, to bring one a concubine, Plaut. Casin. 2, 8, 36; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 34; Suet. Calig. 25; id. Caes. 50; id. Ner. 28; cf. also the foll., no. 7.—
    d.
    To lead about in a public procession, Suet. Tib. 17 fin.:

    invidens privata deduci superbo non humilis mulier triumpho,

    Hor. Od. 1, 37, 31:

    tensas,

    Suet. Aug. 43; id. Vesp. 5.—
    e.
    Hence, to drive out, expel = expellere: Arsinoen ex regno, Auct. B. [p. 527] Alex. 33:

    ex possessione,

    Liv. 34, 58, 6. —
    6.
    Jurid. t. t.
    a.
    Aliquem de fundo, to lead away a person from a disputed possession in the presence of witnesses (with or without force: the latter moribus, the former vi solida), in order to procure him the right of action (this was a symbolic procedure preparatory to an action): appellat Fabius, ut aut ipse Tullium deduceret aut ab eo deduceretur. Dicit deducturum se Tullius, etc., Cic. pro Tull. Fragm. § 20; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68;

    placuit Caecinae constituere, quo die in rem praesentem veniretur, et de fundo Caecina moribus deduceretur, etc.,

    id. Caecin. 7, 20.—
    b.
    To bring before a tribunal as a witness:

    multi boni ad hoc judicium deducti non sunt,

    Cic. Flac. 4, 9.—
    c.
    To bring to trial:

    lis ad forum deducta est,

    Phaedr. 3, 13, 3. —
    7.
    With the accessory idea of diminution, to withdraw, deduct, subtract, diminish:

    cibum,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 23. And as a mercantile t. t.:

    addendo deducendoque videre, quae reliqui summa fiat,

    Cic. Off. 1, 18, 59:

    ut centum nummi deducerentur,

    id. Leg. 2, 21, 53; cf. Cato R. R. 144 sq.:

    de capite deducite, quod usuris pernumeratum est,

    Liv. 6, 15; cf. Suet. Caes. 42 et saep.—Hence in a double sense: Tertia deducta est (in allusion to the meaning, no. 5, c. b), Suet. Caes. 50; cf. the same account in Macr. S. 2, 2.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., to bring down, bring or lead away, withdraw, bring, lead: quare, si placet, deduc orationem tuam de coelo ad haec citeriora, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. 85, 20, and 289, 9:

    licet enim contrahere universitatem generis humani, eamque gradatim ad pauciores, postremo deducere in singulos,

    id. N. D. 2, 65 fin.:

    aliquem de animi lenitate,

    id. Cat. 2, 13; cf.:

    aliquem de animi pravitate,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 10 fin.:

    aliquem de sententia,

    Cic. Brut. 25 fin.:

    aliquem de fide,

    id. Verr. 1, 9, 25 et saep.:

    perterritos a timore,

    id. N. D. 2, 59, 148:

    aliquem a tristitia, ab acerbitate,

    id. de Or. 2, 83 fin.:

    aliquem ab humanitate, a pietate, a religione,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 6 (for which, shortly before, abducere):

    aliquem a vera accusatione,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 6 fin.; id. Fam. 1, 1, 2 et saep.:

    voluntates impellere quo velit, unde autem velit deducere,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 8, 30:

    mos unde deductus,

    derived, Hor. Od. 4, 4, 19; cf.:

    nomen ab Anco,

    Ov. F. 6, 803:

    quae tandem ea est disciplina, ad quam me deducas,

    Cic. Acad. 2, 36:

    aliquem ad fletum misericordiamque,

    id. de Or. 2, 45, 189:

    aliquem ad eam sententiam,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 10, 5; 6, 10, 2:

    rem ad arma,

    id. B. C. 1, 4 fin.; cf.:

    rem ad otium,

    id. ib. 1, 5 fin.:

    plura argumenta ad unum effectum,

    Quint. 9, 2, 103 et saep.:

    quam in fortunam quamque in amplitudinem deduxisset (Aeduos),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 54, 3; so,

    aliquem in eum casum,

    id. ib. 2, 31, 6:

    aliquem in periculum,

    id. ib. 7, 50, 4: Quint. 4, 2, 12; cf.:

    rem in summum periculum,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 31; id. B. C. 1, 19, 3:

    rem in controversiam,

    id. B. G. 7, 63, 5:

    aliquem in causam,

    Liv. 36, 5:

    in societatem belli,

    id. 36, 7 et saep.:

    huc jam deduxerat rem, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 62; so,

    rem huc, ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 86, 3:

    deduxisti totam hanc rem in duo genera solum causarum, caetera innumerabilia exercitationi reliquisti,

    have brought, reduced, Cic. de Or. 2, 17, 71; id. Cat. 2, 2, 4; cf.:

    rem in eum locum, ut, etc.,

    id. Fam. 16, 12:

    quem in locum,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 3:

    ergo huc universa causa deducitur, utrum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Com. 12, 34:

    rerum divisio in duos articulos deducitur,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 2:

    audi, quo rem deducam,

    what I aim at, what I have in view, to what conclusion I will bring the matter, Hor. S. 1, 1, 15:

    Aeolium carmen ad Italos modos,

    transfer, transplant, id. Od. 3, 30, 14; cf.:

    in patriam deducere musas,

    Verg. G. 3, 10. —
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To mislead, seduce, entice, induce, bring one to an opinion (rare):

    adolescentibus et oratione magistratus et praemio deductis,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 37, 6; id. B. C. 1, 7, 1:

    sibi esse facile, Seuthen regem Thracum deducere, ut, etc.,

    Nep. Alcib. 8:

    aliquem vero,

    from the truth, Lucr. 1, 370.—
    2.
    To spin out a literary composition, like a thread, i. e. to elaborate, prepare, compose ( poet., and in post-Aug. prose):

    tenui deducta poëmata filo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 225:

    mille die versus,

    id. Sat. 2, 1, 4; Ov. Pont. 1, 5, 13:

    carmina,

    id. Tr. 1, 1, 39; cf. id. ib. 5, 1, 71: nihil expositum, Juv. 7, 54:

    commentarios,

    Quint. 3, 6, 59:

    oratio deducta atque circumlata,

    finely spun out, id. 4, 1, 60 al.:

    primaque ab origine mundi ad mea perpetuum deducite tempora carmen,

    Ov. M. 1, 3; cf. id. Tr. 2, 560; Hor. A. P. 129:

    opus,

    Manil. 1, 3. —
    3.
    (Another figure borrowed from spinning.) To make finer, thinner, weaker; to attenuate: vocem deducas oportet, ut mulieris videantur verba, Pompon. ap. Macr. Sat. 6, 4: "Odusseus" ad "Ulixem" deductus est, Quint. 1, 4, 16; cf. P. a. B.—
    4.
    To derive (of the origin of words):

    nomen Christianorum a Christo deducitur,

    Tert. adv. Marc. 4, 14;

    id. de Virg. vel. 5: diximus nomen religionis a vinculo pietatis esse deductum,

    Lact. 4, 28, 12; cf.:

    sed et Pharnacion (cognominatur) a Pharnace rege deductum,

    Plin. 25, 4, 14, § 33.—
    5.
    To remove, cure, of physical evils:

    brassica de capite omnia deducet et sanum faciet,

    Cato R. R. 157, 6:

    corpore febres, animo curas,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 48; Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 47.—
    6.
    To bring down (late Lat.):

    deducis ad inferos,

    i. e. to death, Vulg. Tobiae, 13, 2; id. Gen. 42, 38; id. 1 Reg. 2, 6.—
    7.
    Law t. t., to withhold:

    cum in mancipanda proprietate (usus fructus) deducatur,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 33.—Hence,

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > deduco

  • 5 умереть

    1) General subject: be food for worms, become food for worms, breathe last, breathe last gasp, breathe one's last, bump off, bust, cash in one's check, close one's days, conk, croak, cross the Great Divide, depart, die, die testate, divide, do and die, do or die, draw one's last breath, end days, evaporate, expire, get one's quietus, get quietus, go aloft, go bung, go meet Maker, go off the hooks, go the way of all things, go to Maker, go to glory, go to one's account, hand in one's check, hand in one's chips, hop the perch, hop the stick, hop the twig, join the great majority, kick the bucket, kick up one's heels, lay bones, pack up, part, pass away, pass beyond the veil, pass in, pass in one's chips, pass on, pass over, pay one's debt to nature, perish, pike, pop off (особ. внезапно), pop off the hooks, quit this scene of troubles, slip breath, slip one's cable, slip wind, snuff, snuff (обыкн. to snuff it), succumb (от чего-либо), suffer death, take exit, take the ferry, to be at peace, to be food for worms, to be with the Saints, to slinky (one's) breath (one's wind), to slinky (one's) cable, turn toes to the daisies, breath last gasp, decease, gasp last, go from hence into the other world, go hence, go to grass, go to last home, go to long home, go to long rest, go to long rest, go to own place, hand in checks, kick up heels, leave the stage, make exit, make exit, pay debt to nature, quit the stage, shut lights out, step off, sup with Pluto, go for a Burton, flatline (of a person - to die - Origin: 1980s: from flat + line - with reference to the continuous straight line displayed on a heart monitor, indicating death)
    2) Medicine: (ящик) box
    3) Colloquial: go west, pass out, peg out, pip out, skip (часто skip out), snuff out, tip over the perch, hand in checks, hand in one's dinner-pail, turn in one's dinner-pail, bite the big one
    7) Literal: quit the scene
    11) Australian slang: throw a seven
    13) Jargon: buy the farm, cash ( one's) chips, check out, cut one's cable, dance off, guit it, hand in (one's) checks (chips), kick in, kick off, kick the bicket, knock off work, off, pass in (one's) checks (chips), pass in the checks, pop off, shoot star, take the last (long) count, turn belly up (go belly up), turn toes up, turn up (one's) toes (to the daisies) turn (one's) toes up, turn up one's toes, turn up toes, hang up hat, hung up hat, lay down fork and knife, pass in checks, slip cable, buy the big one (I don't plan to buy the big one for at least another 30 years. Я не планирую умереть, как минимум, ещё тридцать лет.), take the (long) count, get one's ticket punched, bump, cash in (one's) chips, conk out, give (someone) the foot, go, kiss off, kiss the dust, knock it, knock it off, knock off, throw in the sponge (towel), tip over
    14) Graphic expression: meet death
    16) American English: step off the curb
    17) Makarov: demise, go beyond the veil, go beyond the veil (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go down into the tomb, go home, go home (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go out of the world, go over to the majority, go over to the majority (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go the way of all flesh, go the way of all living, go the way of all the earth, go the way of all the earth (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go the way of all the flesh, go the way of all the flesh (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go the way of nature, go to (one's) last home, go to (one's) last home (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go to (one's) long home, go to (one's) long home (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go to (one's) long rest, go to (one's) long rest (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go to (one's) own place, go to (one's) own place (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go to glory (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go to heaven, go to heaven (скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир), go to the great majority, join the angels, join the majority, join the silent majority, lay (one's) bones, pass over to the great majority, shut (one's) lights out, slip (one's) breath, slip (one's) wind, snuff it, yield up breath, yield up the ghost, call off all bets, cash in checks, cash in chips, check in, close days, cock nose, crease it, cross the Great D., cross the Stygian ferry, cross the Styx, cross the bar, cross the river, cut cable, dine with Mohammed, do the seven, draw last breath, drop a cue, drop off, end days, enter behind the veil, enter beyond the veil, enter within the veil, die away (о чувствах), die down (о чувствах), cross over (перейти в мир иной)

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > умереть

  • 6 ἄλοξ

    ἄλοξ, - κος
    Grammatical information: f.
    Meaning: `furrow' (Trag., Com.).
    Other forms: Also αὖλαξ (Hes.), ὦλκα, - ας acc. sg., pl. (Hom.), Dor. ὦλαξ EM 625, 37and in ὁμ-ώλακες (A. R. 2, 396). Further εὑλάκᾱ `plough' with the Lacon. fut. inf. εὑλαξεῖν (Orac. ap. Th. 5, 16); and αὑλάχα ἡ ὕννις H. and *ὄλοκες (cod. ὀλοκεύς) αὔλακες H.
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]
    Etymology: The relation between these forms was unclear. Solmsen Unt. 258ff. explained ὦλκα from *ἄϜολκα ( κατὰ ὦλκα Ν 707 for original *κατ' ἄϜολκα); it is strange that this form did not live on. Beside *ἀ-Ϝολκ- the zero grade would give *ἀ-Ϝλακ- in αὖλαξ. The root was supposed in Lith. velkù, OCS vlěkǫ, Av. varǝk- `draw'; one could assume * h₂uelk-. This is tempting, but must not be correct. If the Balto-Slavic words are isolated (there is further only Av. vǝrǝc-), the verb may be non-IE; also it is rather * uelkʷ-, which makes the connection with Greek impossible; further there is no trace of the verb in Greek, which has ἔλκω \< *selk-. εὑλάκα can no longer be explained from different prothesis, *ἐ-Ϝλακ-. But ἄλοξ cannot be explained in this way: metathesis of *αϜολκ- would give *αυλοκ-; an after the F had disappeared, metathesis was no longer possible (only contraction to *ωλκ-). - I see no reason to reject ὀλοκ-. ὦλαξ was perhaps taken from a compound, like ὁμώλακ-, which would give *ολακ-. - Pisani JF 53, 29 derived αὖλαξ from αὑλός and separated it from ἄλοξ etc., which is improbable. - The variants are strongly reminiscent of substr. words, as Beekes Dev. 40 held (withdrawn ib. 275-7). Variation of prothetic ε\/α\/ο\/αυ\/ευ is typical of substr. words, as is κ\/χ ( αὐλάχα). So more probably we have to assume a substr. word. The start with the Homeric form was wrong: it is the only form that has no vowel between λ and κ, and is therefore suspect. If we assume labialised phonemes, like , a reconstruction * alʷak- gives all forms: αὖλαξ (by anticipation of the labial feature; which gives ὦλαξ by contraction), ἄλοξ (influence on the second vowel ; ὀλοκ- on both vowels), interchange α\/ε gave εὐλακ-; see Beekes Pre-Gr., and cf. ἀρασχάδες etc. Homer might have had *κατ' ὠλακ(α), which became unclear during the tradition.
    Page in Frisk: 1,77

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ἄλοξ

  • 7 машинное оборудование

    1. machinery

     

    машинное оборудование
    термин " машинное оборудование" означает:
    - сборочную единицу, состоящую из соединенных частей или компонентов, по крайней мере, одна из которых находится в движении, имеет соответствующие приводы, схему управления, цепь питания, и т.д., соединенные вместе с целью специального применения, в частности, для производства, обработки, перемещения или упаковки материала;
    - группу машин, которые для достижения той же цели организованы и управляется таким образом, что они функционируют как единое целое;
    - взаимозаменяемое оборудование, модифицирующее функции машины, которое отдельно поставляется на рынок и предназначено для установки на машине или на серии различных машин или на приводном устройстве самим оператором, при условии, что данное оборудование не является запасной частью или инструментом.
    [Директива 98/37/ЕЭС по машинному оборудованию]

    EN

    machinery
    ‘machinery’ means:
    — an assembly of linked parts or components, at least one of which moves, with the appropriate
    actuators, control and power circuits, etc., joined together for a specific application, in particular
    for the processing, treatment, moving or packaging of a material,
    — an assembly of machines which, in order to achieve the same end, are arranged and controlled so that they function as an integral whole,
    — interchangeable equipment modifying the function of a machine, which is placed on the market for the purpose of being assembled with a machine or a series of different machines or with a tractor by the operator himself in so far as this equipment is not a spare part or a tool
    [DIRECTIVE 98/37/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL]

    Параллельные тексты EN-RU

    3. The following are excluded from the scope of this Directive:

    3. Из области применения данной Директивы исключаются:

    — machinery whose only power source is directly applied manual effort, unless it is a machine used for lifting or lowering loads,

    - машинное оборудование, для которых источником энергии является исключительно непосредственное применение ручной силы, за исключением механизмов для подъема и опускания грузов;

    — machinery for medical use used in direct contact with patients,

    - медицинские приборы;

    — special equipment for use in fairgrounds and/or amusement parks,

    - специальное оборудование для использования в аттракционах и/или парках для развлечений;

    — steam boilers, tanks and pressure vessels,

    - паровые котлы, резервуары и сосуды под давлением;

    — machinery specially designed or put into service for nuclear purposes which, in the event of failure, may result in an emission of radioactivity,

    - машинное оборудование, специально сконструированное или используемое в атомной отрасли, которые в случае аварии могут привести к выделению радиоактивных веществ;

    — radioactive sources forming part of a machine,

    - радиоактивные источники, составляющие часть машин;

    — firearms,

    - стрелковое оружие;

    — storage tanks and pipelines for petrol, diesel fuel, inflammable liquids and dangerous substances,

    - емкости для хранения или трубопроводы для бензина, дизельного топлива, огнеопасных жидкостей и опасных веществ;

    — means of transport, i.e. vehicles and their trailers intended solely for transporting passengers by air or on road, rail or water networks, as well as means of transport in so far as such means are designed for transporting goods by air, on public road or rail networks or on water. Vehicles used in the mineral extraction industry shall not be excluded,

    - транспортные средства, т.е. средства перевозки и их прицепы, предназначенные исключительно для перевозки пассажиров по воздуху, автодороге, железной дороге, или водными путями, а также транспортные средства, сконструированные для транспортировки грузов по воздуху, по общедоступным дорогам, железным дорогам или водным путям. Средства транспортировки, используемые в горнодобывающей промышленности, не исключаются из области применения настоящей Директивы;

    — seagoing vessels and mobile offshore units together with equipment on board such vessels or units,

    - морские суда и мобильные береговые агрегаты вместе с оборудованием на борту, такие как танки или установки;

    — cableways, including funicular railways, for the public or private transportation of persons,

    - канатные дороги, включая фуникулерные железные дороги для общественного или частного пользования, предназначенные для транспортировки людей;

    — agricultural and forestry tractors, as defined in Article 1(1) of Directive 74/150/EEC (1),

    (1) Council Directive 74/150/EEC of 4 March 1974 on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors (OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10). Directive as last amended by Decision 95/1/EC, Euratom, ECSC (OJ L 1.1.1995, p. 1).

    -сельскохозяйственные и лесные тракторы, подпадающие под определение статьи 1 (1) Директивы Совета 74/150/ЕЭС(1);

    (1) Директива Совета 74/150/ЕЭС от 4 марта 1974 г. по сближению законодательных актов Государств-членов, относящихся к одобрению типов колесных сельскохозяйственных или лесных тракторов (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 84, 28.3.1974 г., стр.10). Директива, измененная последний раз Решением 95/1/ЕЭС, Евроатом, ECSC (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 1/1/1995 г., стр 1)

    — machines specially designed and constructed for military or police purposes,

    - машины, специально сконструированные и созданные для военных и полицейских целей;

    — lifts which permanently serve specific levels of buildings and constructions, having a car moving between guides which are rigid and inclined at an angle of more than 15 degrees to the horizontal and designed for the transport of:
    (i) persons;
    (ii) persons and goods;
    (iii) goods alone if the car is accessible, that is to say, a person may enter it without difficulty, and fitted with controls situated inside the car or within reach of a person inside,

    - лифты и подъемные устройства, постоянно обслуживающие определенные уровни зданий и конструкций, имеющие транспортную тележку, движущуюся между жесткими направляющими, которые имеют угол наклона более 15 градусов к горизонтальной поверхности и сконструированы для транспортировки:
    (i) людей;
    (ii) людей и имущества;
    (iii) только имущества, в том случае, если кабина лифта открыта, т.е. человек может легко войти в такое транспортное средство и манипулировать средствами управления, находящимися внутри кабины или в пределах досягаемости для человека;

    — means of transport of persons using rack and pinion rail mounted vehicles,

    - транспортные средства для перевозки людей, с использованием зубчатых или реечных рельс, по которым перемещается транспортные средства;

    — mine winding gear,

    - шахтные канатные подъемные устройства;

    — theatre elevators,

    - театральные подъемники;

    — construction site hoists intended for lifting persons or persons and goods.

    - строительные подъемники, предназначенные для подъема людей или людей и грузов.

    4. Where, for machinery or safety components, the risks referred to in this Directive are wholly or partly covered by specific Community Directives, this Directive shall not apply, or shall cease to apply, in the case of such machinery or safety components and of such risks on the implementation of these specific Directives.

    4. Когда для машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности риски, определенные в настоящей Директиве, полностью или частично покрываются специальными Директивами Сообщества, настоящая Директива не применяется или прекращает свое действие, такое машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности и такие риски подпадают под действие этих специальных Директив.

    5. Where, for machinery, the risks are mainly of electrical origin, such machinery shall be covered exclusively by Directive 73/23/EEC (2).

    (2) Council Directive 73/23/EEC of 19 February 1973 on the harmonisation of the laws of Member States relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (OJ L 77, 26.3.1973, p. 29). Directive as last amended by Directive 93/68/EEC (OJ L 220, 30.8.1993, p. 1).

    5. Когда риски применения машинного оборудования связаны с электрическими источниками, то такое оборудование охватываются исключительно Директивой 73/23/ЕЭС(2).

    (2) Директива Совета 73/23/ЕЭС/ от 19 февраля 1973 года о гармонизации законов Государств-Участников в отношении электрооборудования, предназначенного для использования в условиях определенных пределов напряжения (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 77, 26.03.1973, стр. 29). Директива с последней поправкой Директивой 93/68/ЕЭС (Официальный журнал Европейских сообществ № L 220, 30.08.1993, стр.1).

    Article 2
    1. Member States shall take all appropriate measures to ensure that machinery or safety components covered by this Directive may be placed on the market and put into service only if they do not endanger the health or safety of persons and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, when properly installed and maintained and used for their intended purpose.

    Статья 2
    1. Государства - члены должны предпринимать все необходимые меры для обеспечения того, чтобы машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, попадающие под действие настоящей Директивы, поставлялись на рынок и вводились в эксплуатацию, только если они не составляют угрозу для здоровья и безопасности людей и домашних животных, или имуществу при условии надлежащей установки и обслуживания, а также использования по прямому назначению.

    2. This Directive shall not affect Member States’ entitlement to lay down, in due observance of the Treaty, such requirements as they may deem necessary to ensure that persons and in particular workers are protected when using the machinery or safety components in question, provided that this does not mean that the machinery or safety components are modified in a way not specified in the Directive.

    2. Настоящая Директива не ограничивает права Государств - членов устанавливать при должном соблюдении Договора такие требования, которые они посчитают необходимыми для обеспечения защиты людей, особенно работников, при использовании машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, при условии, что модификация такого машинного оборудования и компонентов безопасности была произведена в соответствии с положениями настоящей Директивы.

    3. At trade fairs, exhibitions, demonstrations, etc., Member States shall not prevent the showing of machinery or safety components which do not conform to the provisions of this Directive, provided that a visible sign clearly indicates that such machinery or safety components do not conform and that they are not for sale until they have been brought into conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community. During demonstrations, adequate safety measures shall be taken to ensure the protection of persons.

    3. На торговых ярмарках, выставках, демонстрациях и т.п. Государства - члены не должны препятствовать демонстрации машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, которые не соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, при условии, что видимый знак четко указывает, что такое машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности не соответствуют данной Директиве, и что они не предназначаются для продажи до тех пор, пока изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не приведет их в полное соответствие с Директивой. Во время демонстраций должны приниматься адекватные меры для обеспечения безопасности граждан.

    Article 3
    Machinery and safety components covered by this Directive shall satisfy the essential health and safety requirements set out in Annex I.

    Статья 3
    Машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы, должны полностью удовлетворять основным требованиям по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности, изложенным в Приложении 1.

    Article 4
    1. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market and putting into service in their territory of machinery and safety components which comply with this Directive.

    Статья 4
    1. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, а также компонентов безопасности, которые соответствуют
    требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    2. Member States shall not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of machinery where the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community declares in accordance with point B of Annex II that it is intended to be incorporated into machinery or assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by this Directive, except where it can function independently.

    ‘Interchangeable equipment’, as referred to in the third indent of Article 1(2)(a), must in all cases bear the CE marking and be accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A.

    2. Государства - члены не должны запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать поставке на рынок машинного оборудования, если изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе заявляет в соответствии с Приложением II B, что они предназначены для включения в машинное оборудование или компоноваться с другим оборудованием, так, что в соединении они составят машинное оборудование, отвечающее требованиям настоящей Директивы, за исключением тех случаев, когда они могут функционировать независимо.

    "Взаимозаменяемое оборудование" в смысле третьего абзаца с черточкой в Статье 1 (2) (a) должно во всех случаях иметь маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаться декларацией соответствия, определенной в Приложении II, пункте А.

    3. Member States may not prohibit, restrict or impede the placing on the market of safety components as defined in Article 1(2) where they are accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity by the manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community as referred to in Annex II, point C.

    3. Государства - члены не имеют права запрещать, ограничивать или препятствовать распространению на рынке компонентов безопасности, определенных Статьей 1 (2), если эти компоненты сопровождаются декларацией соответствия ЕС, заявленной изготовителем или его уполномоченным представителем в Сообществе, как определено в Приложении II, пункте С.

    Article 5
    1. Member States shall regard the following as conforming to all the provisions of this Directive, including the procedures for checking the conformity provided for in Chapter II:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking and accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point A,
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity referred to in Annex II, point C.

    Статья 5
    1. Государства - члены должны считать нижеследующее соответствующим всем положениям настоящей Директивы, включая процедуры проверки соответствия, предусмотренной в Главе II:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ" и сопровождаемое декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте A;
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, как указано в Приложении II, пункте C.

    При отсутствии гармонизированных стандартов Государства - члены должны предпринимать любые меры, которые они сочтут необходимыми, для привлечения внимания заинтересованных сторон к существующим национальным техническим стандартам и спецификациям, которые считаются важными или относятся к выполнению основных требований по обеспечению здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с Приложением 1.

    2. Where a national standard transposing a harmonised standard, the reference for which has been published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, covers one or more of the essential safety requirements, machinery or safety components constructed in accordance with this standard shall be presumed to comply with the relevant essential requirements.
    Member States shall publish the references of national standards transposing harmonised standards.

    2. В тех случаях, когда национальный стандарт, заменяющий гармонизированный стандарт, ссылка на который была опубликована в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, покрывает одно или несколько основных требований безопасности, машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности, сконструированные в соответствии с таким стандартом, должны считаться соответствующими основным требованиям.
    Государства - члены должны публиковать ссылки на национальные стандарты, заменяющие гармонизированные стандарты.

    3. Member States shall ensure that appropriate measures are taken to enable the social partners to have an influence at national level on the process of preparing and monitoring the harmonised standards.

    3. Государства - члены должны обеспечивать принятие необходимых мер для того, чтобы их социальные партнеры получали возможность влиять на национальном уровне на процессы подготовки и отслеживания гармонизированных стандартов.

    Article 6
    1. Where a Member State or the Commission considers that the harmonised standards referred to in Article 5(2) do not entirely satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3, the Commission or the Member State concerned shall bring the matter before the committee set up under Directive 83/189/EEC, giving the reasons therefor. The committee shall deliver an opinion without delay.
    Upon receipt of the committee’s opinion, the Commission shall inform the Member States whether or not it is necessary to withdraw those standards from the published information referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 6
    1. В случае, если Государство - член или Комиссия считают, что гармонизированные стандарты, рассмотренные в Статье 5 (2), не полностью соответствуют основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3, Комиссия или заинтересованное Государство - член должны поставить этот вопрос на рассмотрение комитета, созданного в соответствии с Директивой 83/189/ЕЭС, обосновав причины такого обращения. Комитет должен безотлагательно вынести решение.
    После получения такого решения комитета Комиссия должна информировать Государства – члены, необходимо или нет отозвать эти стандарты из опубликованной информации, определенной в Статье 5 (2).

    2. A standing committee shall be set up, consisting of representatives appointed by the Member States and chaired by a representative of the Commission.

    The standing committee shall draw up its own rules of procedure.

    Any matter relating to the implementation and practical application of this Directive may be brought before the standing committee, in accordance with the following procedure:

    The representative of the Commission shall submit to the committee a draft of the measures to be taken. The committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft, within a time limit which the chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter, if necessary by taking a vote.

    The opinion shall be recorded in the minutes; in addition, each Member State shall have the right to ask to have its position recorded in the minutes.
    The Commission shall take the utmost account of the opinion delivered by the committee.
    It shall inform the committee of the manner in which its opinion has been taken into account.

    2. Должен быть создан постоянно действующий комитет, состоящий из представителей, назначенных Государствами – членами, и возглавляемый представителем Комиссии.

    Постоянно действующий комитет будет сам устанавливать порядок действий и процедуры.

    Любой вопрос, относящийся к выполнению и практическому применению настоящей Директивы, может быть поставлен на рассмотрение постоянно действующего комитета, в соответствии со следующими правилами:

    Представитель Комиссии должен представить комитету проект предполагаемых к принятию мер. Комитет должен выразить свое мнение по проекту за время, установленное председателем в соответствии со срочностью вопроса, при необходимости определяемого путем голосования.

    Это мнение должно быть зафиксировано в протоколе; кроме того, каждое Государство - член имеет право потребовать отразить свою позицию в протоколе. Комиссия должна максимально учитывать мнение, вынесенное комитетом.
    Она должна проинформировать комитет, каким образом было учтено его мнение.

    Article 7
    1. Where a Member State ascertains that:
    — machinery bearing the CE marking, or
    — safety components accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity, used in accordance with their intended purpose are liable to endanger the safety of persons, and, where appropriate, domestic animals or property, it shall take all appropriate measures to withdraw such machinery or safety components from the market, to prohibit the placing on the market, putting into service or use thereof, or to restrict free movement thereof.

    Member States shall immediately inform the Commission of any such measure, indicating the reason for its decision and, in particular, whether non-conformity is due to:
    (a) failure to satisfy the essential requirements referred to in Article 3;
    (b) incorrect application of the standards referred to in Article 5(2);
    (c) shortcomings in the standards themselves referred to in Article 5(2).

    Статья 7
    1. Если Государство - член устанавливает, что:
    - машинное оборудование, имеющее маркировку "СЕ", либо
    - компоненты безопасности, сопровождаемые декларацией соответствия ЕС, используемые в соответствии с их назначением, могут нести угрозу безопасности людям, и, если это имеет место, домашним животным или собственности, оно должно принять все необходимые меры для изъятия такого машинного оборудования, либо компонентов безопасности с рынка, запретить их поставку на рынок, ввод в эксплуатацию или использование, либо ограничить их свободное обращение.

    Государства - члены должны немедленно информировать Комиссию о любых подобных мерах, указать причины такого решения и, в особенности, информировать о том, явилось ли это несоответствие результатом:
    a) неспособности удовлетворить основным требованиям, определенным в Статье 3;
    b) неправильного применения стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п.2);
    c) недостатков самих стандартов, определенных в Статье 5 (п. 2).

    2. The Commission shall enter into consultation with the parties concerned without delay. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the measure is justified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the other Member States. Where the Commission considers, after this consultation, that the action is unjustified, it shall immediately so inform the Member State which took the initiative and the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community.

    Where the decision referred to in paragraph 1 is based on a shortcoming in the standards, and where the Member State at the origin of the decision maintains its position, the Commission shall immediately inform the committee in order to initiate the procedures referred to in Article 6(1).

    2. Комиссия должна безотлагательно провести консультацию с заинтересованными сторонами. В случае, если после проведения такой консультации, Комиссия полагает, что такая мера обоснована, она должна немедленно информировать об этом Государство - член, которое выдвинуло эту инициативу, а также остальные Государства - члены. Если Комиссия после проведения такой консультации полагает, что действия не были обоснованными, она немедленно извещает об этом Государство - член, проявившее инициативу, и изготовителя, либо его уполномоченного представителя в Сообществе.

    Если решение, указанное в параграфе 1, основано на недостатках в стандартах, и если Государство - член на основании такого решения сохраняет свои позиции, то Комиссия должна немедленно информировать комитет для того, чтобы начать процедуры, описанные в Статье 6 (п. 1).

    3. Where:
    — machinery which does not comply bears the CE marking,
    — a safety component which does not comply is accompanied by an EC declaration of conformity,
    the competent Member State shall take appropriate action against whom so ever has affixed the marking or drawn up the declaration and shall so inform the Commission and other Member States.

    3. Если:
    - машинное оборудование, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют маркировку "СЕ",
    - компоненты безопасности, не соответствующие требованиям, имеют декларацию соответствия ЕС,
    компетентное Государство - член должно начать соответствующие действия против любого, кто поставил маркировку, или составил декларацию, и должно проинформировать об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    4. The Commission shall ensure that Member States are kept informed of the progress and outcome of this procedure.

    4. Комиссия должна обеспечить, чтобы Государства – члены были постоянно информированы о ходе и результатах данной процедуры.

    CHAPTER II
    CONFORMITY ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES
    Article 8

    1. The manufacturer or his authorised representative established in the Community must, in order to certify that machinery and safety components are in conformity with this Directive, draw up for all machinery or safety components manufactured an EC declaration of conformity based on the model given in Annex II, point A or C as appropriate.

    In addition, for machinery alone, the manufacturer or his authorised representatives established in the Community must affix to the machine the CE marking.

    Глава II
    Процедуры оценки соответствия
    Статья 8

    1. Для подтверждения того, что машинное оборудование, а также компоненты безопасности соответствуют положениям настоящей Директивы, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен составить декларацию ЕС о соответствии на произведенное машинное оборудование и компоненты безопасности по образцу, приведенному в Приложении II, соответственно пунктам A или C.

    Корме того, на машинное оборудование изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен нанести маркировку "СЕ" в соответствии со Статьей 10.

    2. Before placing on the market, the manufacturer, or his authorised representative established in the Community, shall:
    (a) if the machinery is not referred to in Annex IV, draw up the file provided for in Annex V;
    (b) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and its manufacturer does not comply, or only partly complies, with the standards referred to in Article 5(2) or if there are no such standards, submit an example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI;
    (c) if the machinery is referred to in Annex IV and is manufactured in accordance with the standards referred to in Article 5(2):
    — either draw up the file referred to in Annex VI and forward it to a notified body, which will acknowledge receipt of the file as soon as possible and keep it,
    — submit the file referred to in Annex VI to the notified body, which will simply verify that the standards referred to in Article 5(2) have been correctly applied and will draw up a certificate of adequacy for the file,
    — or submit the example of the machinery for the EC type-examination referred to in Annex VI.

    2. Перед поставкой на рынок изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе должен:
    (a) в случае, если машинное оборудование не указано в Приложении IV, составить документацию, предусмотренную Приложением V;
    (b) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV, и их изготовитель не выполняет, либо выполняет лишь частично требования стандартов, упомянутых в Статье 5 (2), либо, если таких стандартов не существует, то представить образец машинного оборудования для его испытания ЕС, определенного в Приложении VI;
    (c) если машинное оборудование указано в Приложении IV и изготовлено в соответствии со стандартами, определенными в Статье 5 (п. 2):
    - либо составить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, и передать ее нотифицированному органу, который подтверждает получение документации в возможно короткие сроки, а также сохраняет ее;
    - представить документацию, указанную в Приложении VI, нотифицированному органу, который просто проверит, что стандарты, упомянутые в Статье 5 (2), были применены правильно и составит сертификат соответствия по этой документации;
    - либо представить образец машинного оборудования для испытания ЕС типового образца, определенного в Приложении VI.

    3. Where the first indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of the first sentence of paragraphs 5 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    Where the second indent of paragraph 2(c) of this Article applies, the provisions of paragraphs 5, 6 and 7 of Annex VI shall also apply.

    3. В тех случаях, когда может быть применен первый абзац параграфа 2 (с) этой Статьи должны также применяться положения первого предложения параграфов 5 и 7 Приложения VI.

    В тех случаях, когда может быть применен второй абзац пункта 2 (с), должны также применяться положения параграфов 5, 6 и 7 Приложения VI.

    4. Where paragraph 2(a) and the first and second indents of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall solely state conformity with the essential requirements of the Directive.

    Where paragraph 2(b) and the third indent of paragraph 2(c) apply, the EC declaration of conformity shall state conformity with the example that underwent EC type-examination.

    4. В тех случаях, когда применяется параграф 2 (а) и первый и второй абзацы параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие основным требованиям настоящей Директивы.

    В случае, когда применяется параграф 2 (b) и третий абзац параграфа 2 (c), декларация ЕС о соответствии должна удостоверить соответствие образцу, прошедшему испытание ЕС типового образца.

    5. Safety components shall be subject to the certification procedures applicable to machinery pursuant to paragraphs 2, 3 and 4. Furthermore, during EC type-examination, the notified body shall verify the suitability of the safety component for fulfilling the safety functions declared by the manufacturer.

    5.Компоненты безопасности должны подвергаться процедурам сертификации, применимым к машинному оборудованию в соответствии с параграфами 2, 3, 4. Более того, во время испытания ЕС типового образца нотифицированный орган должен проверить пригодность компонентов безопасности для выполнения тех функций безопасности, которые заявлены изготовителем.

    6. (a) Where the machinery is subject to other Directives concerning other aspects and which also provide for the affixing of the CE marking, the latter shall indicate that the machinery is also presumed to conform to the provisions of those other Directives.
    (b) However, where one or more of those Directives allow the manufacturer, during a transitional period, to choose which arrangements to apply, the CE marking shall indicate conformity only to the Directives applied by the manufacturer. In this case, particulars of the Directives applied, as published in the Official Journal of the European Communities, must be given in the documents, notices or instructions required by the directives and accompanying such machinery.

    6. (a) В тех случаях, когда машинное оборудование подпадает под действие Директив по другим аспектам, которые также предусматривают нанесение маркировки "СЕ", последняя указывает, что такое машинное оборудование соответствуют положениям этих прочих директив.
    (b) Тем не менее, когда одна или несколько таких Директив позволяют изготовителям в течение переходного периода выбирать, какие из положений применить, маркировка "СЕ" будет указывать на соответствие только тем Директивам, которые применялись изготовителем. В этом случае подробная информация о примененных Директивах, опубликованных в Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ, должен приводиться в документах, аннотациях или инструкциях, требуемых в соответствии с Директивами, и сопровождать такое машинное оборудование.

    7. Where neither the manufacturer nor his authorised representative established in the Community fulfils the obligations of paragraphs 1 to 6, these obligations shall fall to any person placing the machinery or safety component on the market in the Community. The same obligations shall apply to any person assembling machinery or parts thereof or safety components of various origins or constructing machinery or safety components for his own use.

    7. Если ни изготовитель, ни его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе не выполнят своих обязательств по предыдущим параграфам, то эти обязательства должны быть выполнены любыми лицами, поставляющими машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности на рынок Сообщества. Такие же обязательства возлагаются на любые лица, осуществляющие сборку машинного оборудования, либо его частей или компонентов безопасности различного происхождения, либо создающие машинное оборудование или компоненты безопасности для собственного пользования.

    8. The obligations referred to in paragraph 7 shall not apply to persons who assemble with a machine or tractor interchangeable equipment as provided for in Article 1, provided that the parts are compatible and each of the constituent parts of the assembled machine bears the CE marking and is accompanied by the EC declaration of conformity.

    8. Обязательства, изложенные в параграфе 7, не применяются к лицам, которые собирают с машиной, механизмом или транспортным средством взаимозаменяемое оборудование, указанное в Статье 1, при условии, что эти части совместимы, и каждая из частей машины в сборе имеет маркировку "СЕ" и Декларацию ЕС о соответствии.

    Article 9
    1. Member States shall notify the Commission and the other Member States of the approved bodies which they have appointed to carry out the procedures referred to in Article 8 together with the specific tasks which these bodies have been appointed to carry out and the identification numbers assigned to them beforehand by the Commission.
    The Commission shall publish in the Official Journal of the European Communities a list of the notified bodies and their identification numbers and the tasks for which they have been notified. The Commission shall ensure that this list is kept up to date.

    Статья 9
    1. Государства - члены должны уведомить Комиссию и другие Государства - члены об утвержденных органах, которые назначаются для выполнения процедур, описанных в Статье 8, также как и для различных особых задач, которые этим органам предназначено выполнять, и об идентификационных номерах, предварительно присвоенных им Комиссией.

    В Официальном журнале Европейских сообществ Комиссия должна публиковать список таких нотифицированных органов и их идентификационные номера, а также задачи, для решения которых они предназначены. Комиссия должна обеспечить своевременность обновления списка.

    2. Member States shall apply the criteria laid down in Annex VII in assessing the bodies to be indicated in such notification. Bodies meeting the assessment criteria laid down in the relevant harmonised standards shall be presumed to fulfil those criteria.

    2. Государства - члены должны применять критерии, изложенные в Приложении VII, для определения органов, которые будут указаны в таких назначениях. Органы, удовлетворяющие критериям, изложенным в соответствующих гармонизированных стандартах, считаются соответствующими критериям.

    3. A Member State which has approved a body must withdraw its notification if it finds that the body no longer meets the criteria referred to in Annex VII. It shall immediately inform the Commission and the other Member States accordingly.

    3. Государство - член, утвердившее такой орган, должно отменить его назначение, если оно обнаружит, что он больше не соответствует критериям, изложенным в Приложении VII. Государство - член должно немедленно известить об этом Комиссию и другие Государства - члены.

    CHAPTER III
    CE MARKING
    Article 10
    1. The CE conformity marking shall consist of the initials ‘CE’. The form of the marking to be used is shown in Annex III.

    ГЛАВА III
    МАРКИРОВКА "СЕ"
    Статья 10
    1. Маркировка "СЕ" состоит из заглавных букв "СЕ". Форма маркировки, которая будет использоваться, указана в Приложении III.

    2. The CE marking shall be affixed to machinery distinctly and visibly in accordance with point 1.7.3 of Annex I.

    2. Маркировка "СЕ" должна наноситься на машинное оборудование четко, на видном месте в соответствии с пунктом 1.7.3. Приложения I.

    3. The affixing of markings on the machinery which are likely to deceive third parties as to the meaning and form of the CE marking shall be prohibited. Any other marking may be affixed to the machinery provided that the visibility and legibility of the CE marking is not thereby reduced.

    3. Нанесение маркировок на машинное оборудование таким образом, что это может ввести в заблуждение относительно значения и формы маркировки "СЕ", запрещено. Любые другие маркировки могут быть нанесены на машинное оборудование таким образом, чтобы не мешать видимости и различимости маркировки "СЕ".

    4. Without prejudice to Article 7:
    (a) where a Member State establishes that the CE marking has been affixed unduly, the manufacturer or his authorised representative established within the Community shall be obliged to make the product conform as regards the provisions concerning the CE marking and to end the infringement under the conditions imposed by the Member State;

    (b) where non-conformity continues, the Member State must take all appropriate measures to restrict or prohibit the placing on the market of the product in question or to ensure that it is withdrawn from the market in accordance with the procedure laid down in Article 7.

    4. Без ограничения применения Статьи 7:
    (a) если Государство - член устанавливает, что маркировка "СЕ" была нанесена неправильно, изготовитель или его уполномоченный представитель в Сообществе будет обязан привести продукцию в соответствии с положениями, касающимися маркировки "СЕ" и положить конец нарушениям на условиях, установленных Государством - членом;

    (b) если такое несоответствие будет продолжаться, то Государство - член должно принять все соответствующие меры для ограничения или запрещения поставки на рынок такой продукции, либо обеспечить изъятие ее с рынка в соответствии с процедурами, изложенными в Статье 7.

    CHAPTER IV
    FINAL PROVISIONS
    Article 11

    Any decision taken pursuant to this Directive which restricts the placing on the market and putting into service of machinery or a safety component shall state the exact grounds on which it is based. Such a decision shall be notified as soon as possible to the party concerned, who shall at the same time be informed of the legal remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member State concerned and of the time limits to which such remedies are subject.

    ГЛАВА IV
    ЗАКЛЮЧИТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛОЖЕНИЯ
    Статья 11

    Любое решение, принятое в исполнение настоящей Директивы, ограничивающее поставку на рынок и ввод в эксплуатацию машинного оборудования или компонентов безопасности, должно указывать точные причины, на которых оно основано. Такое решение должно быть по возможности быстро доведено до сведения заинтересованных сторон, их также следует проинформировать о законных мерах, которые могут быть предприняты по действующему законодательству в соответствующем Государстве - члене и о сроках, в которые данные меры применяются.

    Article 12
    The Commission will take the necessary steps to have information on all the relevant decisions relating to the management of this Directive made available.

    Статья 12
    Комиссия предпримет все необходимые шаги для получения информации по всем соответствующим решениям, касающимся применения и распространения настоящей Директивы.

    Article 13
    1. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the texts of the provisions of national law which they adopt in the field governed by this Directive.

    2. The Commission shall, before 1 January 1994, examine the progress made in the standardisation work relating to this Directive and propose any appropriate measures.

    Статья 13
    1. Государства - члены должны передать Комиссии тексты положений национальных законодательных актов, принимаемых в сфере, определяемой настоящей Директивой.

    2. Комиссия должна до 1 января 1994 г. изучить развитие работ по стандартизации, относящиеся к области действия настоящей Директивы и предложить любые целесообразные меры.

    Тематики

    EN

    Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > машинное оборудование

  • 8 duco

    dūco, xi, ctum, 3 ( imp. duc;

    but duce,

    Plaut. Ep. 3, 3, 18; id. Most. 1, 4, 11; id. Poen. 5, 4, 59; id. Rud. 2, 3, 55; id. Trin. 2, 2, 103; id. Truc. 2, 5, 26.— Perf. sync.: duxti, Varr. ap. Non. 283, 32; Cat. 91, 9; Prop. 1, 3, 27), v. a. [cf. Goth. tiuh-an; O. H. Germ. zieh-an, to draw; Germ. -zog, in Herzog, commander, duke], to lead, conduct, draw, bring forward, in all senses; very freq. passing over into the signif. of the compounds abducere, deducere, adducere, producere, etc., and of the synonyms agere, trahere, movere, etc. (very freq.).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    quo sequar? quo ducis nunc me?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 2: duc hos intro, id. Am. 2, 2, 224; id. Aul. 2, 6, 13:

    duc ac demonstra mihi,

    id. Cist. 2, 3, 36:

    suas secum mulierculas sunt in castra ducturi,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 10 fin.; cf. Caes. B. G. 5, 5 fin. et saep.:

    (difficile iter) vix qua singuli carri ducerentur,

    id. ib. 1, 6, 1; cf.

    plaustra,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 10, 34: aquam ducere, Cato ap. Charis. p. 192 P.; so,

    aquam per fundum ejus,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 2, § 4:

    spiritum naribus,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 3, 5: so,

    spiritum per siccas fauces,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 8; cf.:

    aërem spiritu,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 6 fin.:

    animam spiritu,

    id. ib. 2, 54, 136; and in gen.: spiritum, for to live, id. Fam. 10, 1; cf.:

    vitam et spiritum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 12, 33:

    tura naribus,

    to inhale, Hor. C. 4, 1, 22:

    sucos nectaris,

    to drink in full draughts, to quaff, id. ib. 3, 3, 34; cf.

    pocula,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 22; and:

    Liberum,

    id. ib. 4, 12, 14.— Poet.:

    jucunda oblivia vitae (referring to the waters of Lethe),

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 62 (cf. Verg. A. 6, 714 sq.) et saep.:

    mucronem,

    to draw from the scabbard, Verg. A. 12, 378; cf.:

    ferrum vaginā,

    Ov. F. 4, 929:

    ensem vagina,

    Sil. 8, 342;

    but: ensem duxerat faber,

    had beaten out, forged, Tib. 1, 3, 48:

    sortem,

    Cic. Div. 2, 33; Verg. A. 6, 22;

    hence, also transf. of that which is drawn by lot,

    Cic. Div. 1, 18, 34; id. Rep. 1, 34; Suet. Caes. 12; Tac. A. 1, 54; 3, 28 al.:

    pondus aratri,

    to draw, Ov. M. 7, 119:

    remos,

    to row, id. ib. 1, 294; cf. id. ib. 4, 353:

    numerosa brachia,

    in dancing, id. Am. 2, 4, 29:

    lanas,

    to spin, id. ib. 4, 34; cf.

    stamina,

    id. ib. 4, 221:

    ubera,

    to milk, id. ib. 9, 358:

    frena manu,

    to guide, govern, id. ib. 15, 518: vela, to haul (= navigare), Prop. 1, 6, 2:

    manus, of swimming,

    id. 3, 20, 2:

    ilia,

    to draw the flanks together, become broken-winded, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 9:

    os,

    to draw awry, to make wry faces, Cic. Or. 25 fin.; Quint. 9, 3, 101; cf.

    vultum,

    Ov. M. 2, 774; id. P. 4, 8, 13; Mart. 1, 41 et saep.:

    non equus impiger Curru ducet Achaico Victorem,

    to draw along, Hor. C. 4, 3, 5; cf. id. Ep. 1, 1, 93.— Absol.:

    sibi quisque ducere, trahere, rapere,

    to take to one's self, appropriate, Sall. J. 41, 5.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    To lead, conduct, as a way or road:

    via ducit (te), in urbem?

    Verg. E. 9, 1; cf. Plin. Ep. 7, 5; Verg. A. 1, 401; Ov. F. 2, 679:

    Brundisium Minuci melius via ducat an Appi,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 20:

    via ad undas,

    Ov. M. 3, 602:

    via ad infernas sedes,

    id. ib. 4, 433; cf.:

    iter ad urbem,

    id. ib. 437; Curt. 3, 28, 19; Sen. Prov. 6, 7; id. Vit. Beat. 1; Plin. 18, 11, 29, § 111; Quint. 5, 9, 14; Liv. 5, 40, 8 al.—
    2.
    Se, in colloq. lang., to betake one's self, go:

    jam me ad regem recta ducam,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 3, 8; id. Aul. 4, 8, 8; id. Bacch. 4, 2, 11; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 7: Balbus duxit se a Gadibus, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 1.—
    3.
    A legal t. t., to take, lead away, drag, carry off a person before court, to prison, to punishment, etc.: POST. DEINDE. MANVS. INIECTIO. ESTO. IN. IVS. DVCITO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45; so,

    in jus,

    Liv. 2, 27:

    illos duci in carcerem jubent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 30:

    aliquem in carcerem,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    in vincula,

    id. ib. 79:

    ad mortem,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 1; Nep. Phoc. 4, 3; and absol.:

    ducite, ubi capiat, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 65; Sen. de Ira, 1, 16, 14; Suet. Calig. 27; Plin. Ep. 10, 97, 3 al.: NI. IVDICATVM. FACIT. AVT. QVIS. ENDO. EM. IVRE. VINDICIT. SECVM. DVCITO. VINCITO, etc., XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 45:

    decreta ejus modi: SI PETIT DUCAS. C. Fuficium duci jussit petitorem,

    to be imprisoned, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 12, § 31; so of a debtor (addictus) who is led off as a slave, Novat. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 255; Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 87; Cic. Fl. 20 fin.; Liv. 6, 14 sq.; cf. id. 2, 23 med.; cf.

    prov.: stultitiast venatum ducere invitas canes,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 83. —
    4.
    Uxorem, to lead a wife home, i. e. to marry:

    bona uxor si ea deducta est, etc.... Verum egon eam ducam domum, Quae, etc.?

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 91:

    uxorem domum,

    id. Aul. 2, 1, 40; Ter. Ph. 2, 1, 68:

    filiam Orgetorigis in matrimonium,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 9, 3; cf. Liv. 4, 4:

    eum uxorem ducturum esse aliam,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 105:

    uxorem (or aliquam, filiam alicujus, etc.),

    id. Aul. 2, 1, 48; id. Cas. prol. 69 et saep.; Ter. And. 1, 1, 128; 2, 1, 21 et saep.; Cic. Sest. 3; Caes. B. G. 1, 53, 4; id. B. C. 3, 110, 2; Verg. E. 8, 29; Vulg. Marc. 10, 11 et saep.— Absol.:

    si tu negaris ducere,

    Ter. And. 2, 3, 5; 2, 3, 9; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 76; Liv. 4, 4 al.: jugum ducere cum infidelibus, i. e. to be yoked in marriage, Vulg. 2 Cor. 6, 14.—Rarely for nubere: si ignorans statum Erotis ut liberum duxisti, isque postea servus est judicatus, etc., Imp. Antonin. ap. Cod. Just. 5, 18, 3.—In the comic poets, of taking home prostitutes, Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 35; 4, 2, 44; id. Men. 1, 2, 15; id. Stich. 5, 4, 48; id. Truc. 3, 2, 10 et saep.—
    5.
    In milit. lang.
    a.
    Said of a commander, to lead, to cause to move, to march his army in any direction:

    locis apertis exercitum ducere,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 41, 4; cf. id. B. C. 1, 64 fin.; 1, 68, 1:

    exercitum ab Allobrogibus in Segusianos,

    id. B. G. 1, 10 fin.:

    exercitum in fines Suessionum,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 1; cf. id. ib. 4, 38, 3;

    5, 18, 1: exercitum (legiones, etc.) in Bellovacos,

    id. ib. 2, 13, 1; 5, 24, 2 et saep.; cf. Tac. A. 2, 57:

    cohortes ad eam partem munitionum, quae, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 62, 2:

    exercitum Uticam,

    id. ib. 2, 26, 1:

    reliquas copias contra Labienum,

    id. B. G. 7, 61 fin. et saep.—In pass., of the soldiers, to march, move:

    quam in partem aut quo consilio ducerentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 2.—And in act., absol., of the general himself, to march, move (a favorite expression of Liv.;

    not in Caes. or Sall.): (Mettus) ducit, quam proxime ad hostem potest,

    Liv. 1, 23; 1, 27; 9, 35; 22, 18 et saep.—Hence,
    b.
    In gen., to lead, command an army or (more freq.) a division:

    qua in legatione duxit exercitum,

    Cic. Mur. 9, 20; so,

    exercitum,

    Nep. Eum. 13, 1; id. Epam. 7, 3:

    qui superiore anno primum pilum duxerat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 35, 6; 6, 38, 1; id. B. C. 3, 91, 1:

    ordinem,

    id. ib. 1, 13, 4; 3, 104, 3; Suet. Vesp. 1:

    partem exercitūs,

    Sall. J. 55, 4 et saep.—Rarely, to lead a division in front, in advance:

    consuetudine sua Caesar sex legiones expeditas ducebat: post eas... inde, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 19, 2; hence also, to march in front, take the lead, said of the division that forms the van:

    pars equitum et auxiliariae cohortes ducebant, mox prima legio, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 51; cf. id. ib. 1, 64 fin.
    (β).
    Transf. beyond the milit. sphere, to lead, to be leader, head, chief, first in any thing:

    accedit etiam, quod familiam ducit,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 5 fin. Manut.; so,

    familiam,

    id. Phil. 5, 11, 30; id. Fin. 4, 16, 45:

    ordines,

    id. Phil. 1, 8, 20:

    classem (discipulorum),

    Quint. 1, 2, 24 Spald.:

    funus,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 12:

    toros,

    Ov. F. 6, 668 et saep.—
    c.
    To conduct as prisoners in a triumph:

    per triumphum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 67:

    in triumpho,

    Plin. 7, 43, 45, § 139, v. triumphus.—
    6.
    With the accessory idea of creation, formation, to produce, form, construct, make, fashion, shape, dispose (cf.:

    struo, pono, condo, fundo): parietem per vestibulum alicujus,

    to erect, Cic. Mil. 27 fin.; cf.

    muros,

    Hor. C. 4, 6, 23:

    vallum ex castris ad aquam,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 73, 2:

    fossam,

    id. B. G. 7, 72, 1; 7, 73, 2:

    arcum,

    Ov. M. 3, 160:

    lateres de terra,

    Vitr. 2, 3:

    vivos vultus de marmore (with excudere spirantia aera),

    Verg. A. 6, 849; cf. id. ib. 7, 634; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 240; Varr. ap. Non. 283, 32; Plin. 7, 37, 38, § 125; Quint. 10, 3, 18 Spald.; Juv. 7, 237; hence, poet. also:

    epos,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 44:

    carmen,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 11, 18; 3, 14, 32:

    versus,

    id. ib. 5, 12, 63 et saep.:

    liniam ex colore,

    Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 81; Quint. 2, 6, 2; cf.

    orbem,

    id. 11, 3, 118:

    alvum,

    to bring forth by clysters, Cels. 2, 12; 4, 4 et saep.: alapam alicui, qs. to fetch one a box on the ear, Phaedr. 5, 3, 2; cf.

    colaphum,

    Quint. 6, 3, 83 Spald.:

    pugnum,

    Dig. 47, 10, 4 et saep.;

    so esp. of processions, dances, etc.: funus,

    Cic. Quint. 15 fin.; Ov. M. 14, 746; Verg. G. 4, 256; cf.

    exsequias,

    Plin. 8, 42, 64, § 154:

    pompam,

    Ov. H. 12, 152; id. F. 6, 405; id. M. 13, 699:

    choros,

    Tib. 2, 1, 56; Hor. C. 1, 4, 5; 4, 7, 6 et saep.; cf.

    choreas,

    Ov. M. 8, 582; 14, 520.—
    7.
    To receive, admit, take any thing (not ante-Aug.):

    cicatricem,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 66; Liv. 29, 32, 12:

    rimam,

    Ov. M. 4, 65:

    situm,

    to grow rusty, Quint. 1, 2, 18:

    formam,

    Ov. M. 1, 402:

    colorem,

    id. ib. 3, 485; cf.

    pallorem,

    to grow pale, id. ib. 8, 760:

    nomina,

    Hor. C. 3, 27, 76:

    notam,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 59 et saep.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., to lead, guide, draw, conduct:

    progredimur quo ducit quemque voluntas,

    Lucr. 2, 258; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 27; 1, 6, 57:

    ad strepitum citharae cessatum ducere curam,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 31:

    Liber vota bonos ducit ad exitus,

    id. C. 4, 8, 34; cf. Quint. 12, 1, 26:

    per quaedam parva sane ducant (futurum oratorem),

    id. 1, 10, 5; cf. id. 1, 1, 27; 1, 5, 58.—Prov.:

    ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,

    Sen. Ep. 107.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To draw, deduce, [p. 616] derive its origin or beginning from, any thing:

    ab aliqua re totius vitae ducere exordium,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 7, 18; cf.:

    exordium a nostra persona,

    Quint. 3, 8, 8; 4, 1, 7:

    principium disputationis a principe investigandae veritatis,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 21 fin.:

    belli initium a fame,

    id. Att. 9, 9, 2; cf. Quint. 1, 1, 21:

    initia causasque omnium ex quatuor temporum mutationibus,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 19, 49:

    originem ab Isocrate,

    Quint. 2, 15, 4; 1, 6, 38; Hor. C. 3, 17, 5 al.:

    ingressionem non ex oratoriis disputationibus, sed, etc.,

    Cic. Or. 3, 11:

    honestum ab iis rebus,

    id. Off. 1, 18, 60; id. Or. 39, 135:

    nomen ex quo,

    id. Ac. 11, 41; cf.:

    nomen a Graeco,

    Quint. 1, 6, 3; 3, 7, 1; Hor. S. 2, 1, 66 et saep.; cf.

    also: utrumque (sc. amor et amicitia) ductum (al. dictum) est ab amando,

    Cic. Lael. 27; id. Fin. 2, 24, 78.—
    2.
    To lead a person, as regards his will or opinions, in any direction; to move, incite, induce, allure, in a good or bad sense (most freq. in the pass.):

    ita me ad credendum tua ducit oratio,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 18:

    nos ducit scholarum consuetudo,

    Quint. 4, 2, 28; 5, 11, 19; cf. id. 9, 1, 21:

    ducit te species,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 35 et saep.:

    declamatores quosdam perversa ducit ambitio, ut, etc.,

    Quint. 10, 7, 21.—In the pass.:

    si quis statuarum honore aut gloria ducitur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 58 fin.:

    eloquentiae laude,

    id. Or. 32, 115:

    quaestu et lucro,

    id. Tusc. 5, 3, 9:

    hoc errore ut, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 41; cf.:

    litteris eorum et urbanitate, ut, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120:

    omnes trahimur et ducimur ad cognitionis et scientiae cupiditatem,

    id. Off. 1, 6 et saep.—
    b.
    In a bad sense, to cheat, deceive, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 26; id. Capt. 4, 2, 7; Ter. And. 4, 1, 20; id. Ph. 3, 2, 15; Prop. 2, 17, 1 (3, 8, 1 M.); Ov. H. 19, 13; id. M. 3, 587 (with decipere).—
    3.
    With regard to time, to draw out, extend, protract, prolong:

    bellum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 38, 4; id. B. C. 2, 18, 6; 2, 37, 5 sq.; Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 2; Liv. 22, 25 et saep.; cf.:

    bellum longius,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 64, 2; 3, 42, 3:

    bellum in hiemem,

    id. ib. 1, 61, 3:

    eam rem longius,

    id. B. G. 7, 11, 4; cf.:

    rem prope in noctem,

    id. B. C. 3, 51, 7:

    rem leniter,

    Liv. 3, 41 et saep. Also transf., of time itself:

    tempus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 11; Nep. Them. 7:

    diem ex die,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 16, 4; and of persons who are put off, delayed:

    ubi se diutius duci intellexit,

    id. ib. 1, 16, 5.—Less freq. (mostly poet.),
    b.
    In gen., of time, to pass, spend, enjoy:

    aetatem in litteris,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 19, 50; so,

    aetatem,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 202:

    vitam,

    id. Epod. 17, 63; Sen. Ep. 45, 10; cf. Verg. A. 2, 641 (where, shortly before, vitam producere):

    noctes,

    Prop. 1, 11, 5; Plin. Ep. 6, 31, 13:

    somnos,

    Verg. A. 4, 560.—
    4.
    In mercant. lang., to calculate, compute, reckon: age nunc summam sumptus duc, Lucil. ap. Non. 283, 30:

    minimum ut sequamur, quoniam XC. medimnūm milia duximus, accedant eo, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 49; id. Att. 6, 1, 5 and 16; 6, 2, 7; Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11; Gell. 1, 20, 5.—
    b.
    Transf. beyond the mercant. sphere.
    (α).
    Rationem alicujus, to consider, calculate, care for one's advantage or interest (a favorite expression of Cicero):

    duxi meam rationem, quam tibi facile me probaturum arbitrabar,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11 D, § 7; so,

    suam quoque rationem,

    to have respect to one's own advantage, id. Verr. 2, 1, 48; and:

    non minorem aratorum quam populi rationem,

    Suet. Aug. 42 fin.:

    salutis meae rationem,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 3:

    rationem officii, non commodi,

    id. Sest. 10, 23; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 44, 128:

    unius cujusque temporis ducta ratio est,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 16:

    rationem officii atque existimationis,

    id. Quint. 16, 53.—
    (β).
    In gen., to reckon, consider, hold, account, esteem as any thing (cf. aestimo and existimo;

    very freq. in prose and poetry): parvi id ducebat,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 8, 24:

    pro nihilo aliquid,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 85; Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 16 fin.; id. Tusc. 5, 32, 90; cf. Auct. Her. 4, 20, 28:

    ea pro falsis ducit,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; cf.:

    innocentiam pro malevolentia,

    id. ib. 12, 1:

    vos eritis judices, Laudin' an vitio duci id factum oportuit,

    Ter. Ad. prol. 5; so,

    aliquid honori,

    Sall. J. 11, 3:

    aliquid laudi, Nep. praef. § 4: aliquem despicatui,

    Cic. Fl. 27, 65: nihil praeter virtutem in bonis ducere (for which, shortly after, in bonis habere = numerare), Cic. Fin. 3, 3;

    aliquem in numero hostium,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 25 fin.; Caes. B. G. 6, 32, 1; cf. ib. 6, 23, 8; without in, ib. 6, 21, 2; cf.:

    aliquem loco affinium,

    Sall. J. 14, 1 Kritz. N. cr.: aliquid testimonii loco, Quint. 5, 9, 10:

    tutelae nostrae duximus, cum Africo bello urgerentur,

    Liv. 21, 41; cf.:

    officii duxit exorare filiae patrem, etc.,

    Suet. Tib. 11:

    faceret, quod e republica fideque sua duceret,

    id. ib. 25, 7 et saep.:

    malum cum amici tuum ducis malum,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 48; cf.:

    Archytas iracundiam seditionem quandam animi vere ducebat,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 38:

    eorum, quos idoneos ducebat, consilium habet,

    Sall. J. 62, 4:

    nil rectum nisi quod placuit sibi ducunt,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 83.— With acc. and inf.:

    sic equidem ducebam animo rebarque futurum,

    Verg. A. 6, 690:

    ut omnia tua in te posita esse ducas humanosque casus virtute inferiores putes,

    Cic. Lael. 2, 7, 19 fin.; id. Rep. 1, 2; 1, 17; 1, 38; 3, 9 (three times); Sall. J. 93, 5; Liv. 22, 14, 6; 22, 59, 5; Caes. B. G. 1, 3, 2; 4, 30, 2; 6, 18 et saep.—Here too probably belongs the much disputed passage: ludos et inania honoris medio rationis atque abundantiae duxit (= ludos publicos cum aliis rebus quae ad inania honoris pertinent, duxit, i. e. existimavit habendos et ponendos in medio rationis atque abundantiae, ut inter rationem, quae plane spernit inania, et abundantiam, quae eadem ostentat, media via incederet), he thought right to manage them in a middle course between reason and profusion, Tac. Agr. 6 fin., v. Dübner and Orell. ad h. l.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > duco

  • 9 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 10 φέρω

    φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.
    A

    ἤφεραν IG3.1379

    ), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.

    φέρτε Il.9.171

    ; [ per.] 2sg. subj.

    φέρῃσθα Call.Dian. 144

    ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    φέρῃσι Il.18.308

    , Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.

    φερέμεν Il.9.411

    , al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.

    φέρον 3.245

    ; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.
    II [tense] fut.

    οἴσω Il.7.82

    , etc.; [dialect] Dor.

    οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11

    ; [ per.] 1pl.

    οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133

    ; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.

    οἶσε Od.22.106

    , 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;

    οἰσέτω Il.19.173

    , Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.

    οἰσόντων Antim.15

    ; inf.

    οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102

    , [dialect] Ep.

    οἰσέμεν Od.3.429

    ,

    οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120

    , Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.

    οἶσαι Ph.1.611

    codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.

    οἴσομαι Il.22.217

    , S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.

    οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7

    , al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.

    οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45

    , Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.

    προοῖσται Luc.Par.2

    ; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).
    III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg.

    ἤνεγκον S.OC 521

    (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, but

    ἤνεγκα S.El. 13

    , E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always

    ἤνεγκας Ar.Av. 540

    (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dual

    δι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b

    ; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.

    ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37

    , al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg.

    ἔνεγκε E. Heracl. 699

    , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg.

    ἐνεγκάτω Ar. Pax 1149

    (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; but

    ἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33

    , 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.

    ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847

    : subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg.

    ἐνέγκαιμι E.Hipp. 393

    , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, but

    ἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84

    (anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf.

    ἐνεγκεῖν A.Supp. 766

    , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic

    ἐνέγκαι Arist.Oec. 1349a27

    ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.

    ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21

    , S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,

    ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21

    ([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we find

    ἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53

    , and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper.

    ἐνεγκοῦ S.OC 470

    ); [ per.] 2sg.

    ἠνέγκω E.Supp. 583

    , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἠνέγκατο S.Tr. 462

    , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.

    ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b

    , ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.

    εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188

    : part.

    ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131

    , ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.
    IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.

    ἔνεικε Od.21.178

    , inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.

    ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625

    ; [ per.] 2sg.

    ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255

    ; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἤνεικε Od.18.300

    , al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.

    ἔνεικε Il.15.705

    , al.; [ per.] 1pl.

    ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30

    , [dialect] Ep.

    ἔνεικαν Il.9.306

    ; imper. [ per.] 2sg.

    ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3

    ; [ per.] 2pl.,

    ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688

    B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.

    ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334

    , Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.

    ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788

    Fr.15ii 20; part.

    ἐνείκας Il.17.39

    , ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;

    μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22

    (Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.

    ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἠνείκαντο 9.127

    , Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.

    ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4

    .
    2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.

    ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110

    (Epid., iv B. C.);

    ἤνικεν SIG239

    Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);

    ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12

    , al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl.

    ἤνικαν SIG239

    Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.

    ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161

    ([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)

    ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49

    (Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,

    εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381

    ,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.

    ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12

    (2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).
    b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.

    εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24

    (Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.
    V other tenses: [tense] pf.

    ἐνήνοχα D.21.108

    , 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12

    , Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.

    ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12

    and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.

    ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66

    , etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.

    ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115

    (Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenistic

    ἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42

    (iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.

    ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111

    (Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.

    ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150

    (Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)

    ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53

    (Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.

    ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d

    ,

    εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340

    ;

    ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4

    ; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.

    ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37

    ; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.

    προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20

    ; part.

    κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2

    , Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)
    A [voice] Act.,
    I bear or carry a load,

    ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568

    ;

    μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303

    ;

    ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622

    ;

    χοάς A.Ch.15

    ;

    φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564

    ;

    χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429

    ;

    φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14

    ; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς)

    ; ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531

    (lyr.);

    γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581

    , cf. Supp. 994;

    καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930

    codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφον

    βάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967

    (lyr.).
    II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,

    πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362

    ; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;

    εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444

    , cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;

    πόδες φέρον Il.6.514

    ;

    πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341

    , etc.; of horses, 2.838;

    ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232

    , etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;

    τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17

    .
    b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.
    c lead, direct,

    τὴν πόλιν Plu.Luc.6

    .
    2 of wind, bear along, [

    πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26

    ; [

    σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330

    , cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;

    ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300

    , 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,

    ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d

    ;

    φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023

    , cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.
    III endure, suffer,

    λυγρά Od.18.135

    ;

    ἄτην Hdt.1.32

    ; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;

    ξυμφοράς Th.2.60

    ;

    τὰς οὐ προσηκούσας ἁμαρτίας Antipho 3.2.10

    ; also of food,

    ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21

    ; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)

    οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2

    : metaph.,

    ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a

    .
    2 freq. with modal words,

    πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82

    ;

    σιγῇ κακά E.Hec. 738

    ;

    ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31

    ;

    θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80

    ;

    χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13

    : esp. with an Adv., [

    ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215

    ; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;

    προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36

    ;

    αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104

    ;

    συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35

    ;

    ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d

    , al.;

    εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585

    , X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck)

    ἐνεγκεῖν S.Ph. 873

    ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,

    βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155

    , cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;

    φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93

    ;

    ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a

    : c. gen.,

    τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77

    , cf. 2.62;

    ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21

    , cf. Isoc.12.232;

    πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55

    : c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.
    IV bring, fetch,

    εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196

    ;

    φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502

    ;

    ἄρνε 3

    , 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;

    ἔντεα Il.18.191

    ;

    τόξα Od.21.359

    ;

    κνημῖδας A.Th. 675

    ;

    δᾷδα Ar.Nu. 1490

    , etc.;

    γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131

    :—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,

    ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504

    ;

    οἶνον Alc.35

    , cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;

    φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282

    ; fetch, Od.2.410;

    χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470

    .
    2 bring, offer, present,

    δῶρα Od.8.428

    , etc.;

    μέλος Pi.P.2.3

    ;

    χοάς τινι A.Ch. 487

    ;

    φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602

    ;

    πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31

    ; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;

    ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572

    , Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.
    b = ἄγω iv. 1,

    ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7

    ; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,

    τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1

    .
    3 bring, produce, cause, [

    ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31

    ;

    ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283

    , cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;

    ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132

    , cf. 8.516;

    πόλεμον Hes.Sc. 150

    ;

    θάνατον φ. B.5.134

    ;

    τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c

    ;

    τὸ σωθῆναι τὸ ψεῦδος φέρει S.Ph. 109

    ;

    τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135

    (lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;

    ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13

    (Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,

    παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6

    , etc.;

    πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22

    ;

    ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3

    .
    b bring or carry with one, involve,

    τὸ πᾶν ἡμῖν τοῦ πολέμου φέρουσιν αἱ νέες Hdt.8.62

    ; οὐ ξύλων ἀγὼν ὁ τὸ πᾶν φέρων ἐστὶ ἡμῖν, ἀλλ' ἀνδρῶν ib. 100.
    4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;

    λόγον Pi.P.8.38

    ;

    ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781

    , cf. Tr. 493;

    ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3

    : hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;

    σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248

    (troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,

    λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583

    ; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);

    μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9

    :—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.
    5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);

    δασμόν X.An.5.5.10

    ; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;

    χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19

    ;

    μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12

    (but usu., receive, draw, pay,

    μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66

    ;

    τέτταρας τῆς ἡμέρας ὀβολοὺς φέρων Men.357

    ;

    αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17

    , cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);

    φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2

    , cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,

    φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35

    .
    6 apply, refer,

    τι ἐπί τι Pl. Ti. 37e

    , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.
    7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;

    περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45

    ;

    ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7

    , cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,

    φ. χορηγόν D.20.130

    , 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.;

    ὅπως φέρηται ἐν τῷ στρατιωτικῷ UPZ15.10

    (ii B. C.);

    τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13

    , al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,

    ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785

    (lyr.).
    V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,

    φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229

    ;

    ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110

    ; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [

    οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139

    ;

    γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5

    , cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,

    εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91

    ; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;

    αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4

    ; also of living beings,

    τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c

    ;

    ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1

    ;

    ἡ ἐνεγκοῦσα

    one's country,

    Hld.2.29

    , Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (also

    ἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202

    ); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,

    Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25

    ; [

    τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9

    ;

    φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14

    .
    VI carry off or away,

    Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302

    ;

    φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429

    , 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.
    2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;

    αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199

    ; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;

    ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11

    ; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.

    ἄγω 1.3

    ), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;

    αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37

    ;

    ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17

    ;

    κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10

    (Tamynae, iv B. C.);

    αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128

    ; of a divorced wife,

    αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2

    ; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder,

    θεῶν ἱερά E.Hec. 804

    ;

    ἀλλήλους Th.1.7

    ; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,

    φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759

    :—[voice] Med. in same sense,

    ἔναρα Il.22.245

    ;

    πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856

    ;

    ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124

    , cf. 15.378.
    3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,

    ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308

    ;

    φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657

    ;

    τἀπινίκια S.El. 692

    ;

    τιμήν Ar. Av. 1278

    ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;

    πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651

    ;

    ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590

    ; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,

    μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e

    : also, receive one's due,

    φ. χάριν S.OT 764

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρῃ δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,

    φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968

    A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,

    κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217

    ; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538;

    οὐ σμικρὸν ἆθλον τῆς ἐρωτικῆς μανίας φέρονται Pl.Phdr. 256d

    ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): hence

    οὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104

    ; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129;

    ἠνείκατο παρὰ Ἐγεσταίων τὰ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος 5.47

    ;

    ἴδια κέρδεα προσδεκόμενοι παρὰ τοῦ Πέρσεω οἴσεσθαι 6.100

    ;

    χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9

    ;

    φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2

    ;

    ὀνείδη Pl.Lg. 762a

    ;

    εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969

    ;

    δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638

    ;

    ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266

    (lyr.);

    ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131

    : generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,

    τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97

    : hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.
    VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,

    ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122

    , cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;

    τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31

    ;

    ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15

    ;

    ἁπλῆ οἶμος εἰς Ἅιδου φέρει A.Fr. 239

    ;

    ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24

    (but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.
    b of time,

    τῇ νυκτὶ τῇ φερούσῃ εἰς τὴν β τοῦ Παχών PPetr.3p

    .x (iii B. C.), cf. PTeb.61 (b) 288 (ii B. C.), BGU1832.5 (i B. C.), etc.
    3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,

    ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10

    ;

    τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90

    ; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991;

    εἰς ὄκνον E.Supp. 295

    : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)

    ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3

    . 134; so

    τὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31

    ;

    τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562

    (lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)

    εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d

    ; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.
    b point to, refer to a thing,

    ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120

    ; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159;

    ἐς ἀρηΐους ἀγῶνας φέρον τὸ μαντήϊον Id.9.33

    , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;

    πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c

    ;

    ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120

    ; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;

    ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79

    : c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.
    VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,

    πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223

    ; use a word,

    οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6

    , cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,

    οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63

    : more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;

    ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e

    ; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,

    τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104

    (v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;

    ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11

    ;

    κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60

    (Pergam., ii B. C.);

    ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα φέρεται

    are in use,

    Ptol.Geog.7.4.11

    ; of literary works, to be in circulation,

    ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a

    , cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.
    2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.
    IX imper. φέρε like ἄγε, as Adv., come, now, well,
    1 before another imper.,

    φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296

    (anap.);

    φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534

    ;

    φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b

    ; so

    φέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127

    .
    2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;

    φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14

    ;

    φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4

    ;

    φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361

    , cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,

    φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300

    .
    3 before a rhetorical question,

    φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571

    ;

    φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788

    (anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phrase

    φέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218

    ;

    φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183

    , cf. Antipho 5.36; also

    φ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a

    , al.: usu. first in a sentence, but

    τὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c

    , etc.
    4 φέρε δή, ἐάν πῃ διαλλαχθῶμεν .. come let us see if we can.., Id.Cra. 430a.
    5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..

    φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b

    ; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;

    οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47

    P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).
    X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή)

    ; εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73

    (Pall.).
    2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:
    a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;

    τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e

    , cf. R. 345b; so

    ὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24

    ; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,

    ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8

    .
    b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,

    νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159

    ; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;

    τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν

    hurling themselves,

    Plb.1.17.8

    ;

    εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82

    ; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;

    τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27

    , cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;

    σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24

    ;

    τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3

    , cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)

    φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24

    , cf. Per.7;

    τούτῳ φέροντες ὑποβάλλουσι τοὺς υἱούς Id.2.4b

    , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;

    προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456

    B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.
    3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.
    XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,

    δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513

    , cf. 16.665, 17.131;

    τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798

    , cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).
    B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:
    I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;

    βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a

    ;

    πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d

    ;

    τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520

    ;

    ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c

    ;

    φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b

    ; simply, move, go,

    ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309

    (anap.);

    οὐκ οἶσθ' ὅποι γῆς οὐδ' ὅποι γνώμης φέρῃ Id.El. 922

    , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,

    τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.

    ap. Aët.9.12;

    πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19

    : metaph.,

    εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729

    ;

    πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b

    , cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;

    ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30

    ; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.
    2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;

    ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b

    ;

    ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89

    .
    3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,

    ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172

    ; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;

    δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37

    ;

    φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23

    ;

    ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59

    ;

    φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18

    .
    II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,

    οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074

    ;

    κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25

    ;

    εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17

    ; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;

    καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60

    ;

    φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5

    ;

    χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6

    ; of euphonious writing,

    σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26

    .
    2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.
    C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > φέρω

  • 11 tempo

    m time
    meteorology weather
    tempo libero free time
    a tempo parziale part-time
    a tempo perso in one's spare time
    a tempo pieno full-time
    sports tempi pl supplementari extra time sg, AE overtime sg
    a tempo, in tempo in time
    col tempo in time, eventually
    un tempo once, long ago
    per tempo ( presto) in good time
    ( di buon'ora) early
    non ho tempo I don't have (the) time
    lavora da molto tempo he has been working for a long time
    fa bel/brutto tempo the weather is lovely/nasty
    * * *
    tempo s.m.
    1 time: spazio e tempo, space and time; tempo presente, passato, present, past time; molto, poco tempo, a long, a short time; un breve periodo di tempo, a short period of time; un gran lasso di tempo, a long period of time; un anno di tempo, a year; il tempo passa, vola, time passes (o goes by), flies; il tempo non passa mai, time is hanging a bit heavy; passare, trascorrere il tempo, to spend one's time; col passare del tempo, in time // un tempo, once: un tempo eravamo amici, once we were friends // ( un po' di, qualche) tempo fa, addietro, some time ago; poco, molto tempo prima, shortly, long before; poco, molto tempo dopo, dopo poco, molto tempo, after a short, a long time; fra qualche tempo, in a while // da ( molto), poco tempo, for a long, short time; da quanto tempo non lo vedi?, how long is it since you saw him?; da quanto tempo non ti vedo!, it's a long time since I last saw you!; è tanto tempo che non lo vedo, I haven't seen him for a long time; da tempo immemorabile, from time immemorial // di tempo in tempo, from time to time // a, in tempo, in time; a un tempo, allo, nello stesso tempo, at the same time; a tempo perso, nei ritagli di tempo, in one's spare time; a tempo debito, in tempo utile, in (due) time; a suo tempo, ( prima) some time ago; ( dopo) at the right time; essere a, fare in tempo a fare qlco., to have enough time to do sthg.: è sempre a, in tempo a pagare, he's always in time to pay; non faccio, non sono più a, in tempo a prendere il treno, I haven't got enough time to catch the train; fare qlco. a tempo e luogo, to do sthg. at the right time; in ogni tempo, in every time; in un primo tempo, at first; in un secondo tempo, later on // col tempo, eventually: col tempo imparerai, eventually you'll learn // per tempo, early; ( in anticipo) beforehand // prima del, innanzi, anzi tempo, before time // le ingiurie del tempo, the ravages of time // avere tempo, to have time: avere buon tempo, to have time to waste; non avere ( un briciolo di) tempo, not to have a minute; non ho avuto il tempo materiale di leggerlo, I didn't have the time to read it; non ho neanche avuto il tempo di salutarli, I didn't even have time to say good bye to them; sta' calmo, hai tutto il tempo, keep calm, you've got all the time in the world; ''Quanto manca alla partenza del treno?'' ''C'è tempo'', ''When is the train leaving?'' ''There's plenty of time''; non c'è tempo da perdere, there is no time to waste; perdere, sciupare, buttar via il tempo, to waste one's time; riguadagnare il tempo perduto, to make up for lost time; guadagnar tempo, to gain time; prender tempo, to stall (for time); senza por tempo in mezzo, without delay // dare, lasciare tempo al tempo, to let time pass // ammazzare, ingannare il tempo, to kill time (o to while away the time) // darsi (al) bel tempo, to have a good time // è tempo che tu cambi, it's high time you changed; è tempo di mangiare, di dormire, it's dinner time, it's time for bed (o it's bedtime) // il tempo è un gran medico, time is a great healer; il tempo è galantuomo, (prov.) murder will out; il tempo è denaro, (prov.) time is money; chi ha tempo non aspetti tempo, (prov.) make hay while the sun shines // tempo libero, spare time (o leisure) // tempo morto, idle time (anche inform.) // tempo di lavorazione, di cottura, production, cooking time; tempi tecnici, time requirement; studio dei tempi e metodi, time and motion study; tempi tecnici per perfezionare un contratto, bureaucratic time requirement for the execution of a contract; tempo utile, time limit; tempo reale, real time; sondaggio in tempo reale, survey in real time; tempo pieno, full time: scuola a tempo pieno, full-time school; insegnare a tempo pieno, to teach full time; lavoratore a tempo pieno, full timer; tempo parziale, part-time // (comm.): tempo di consegna, delivery time; tempo di attesa, improduttivo, downtime; tempo di attesa, ( fra carico e scarico) turn-round time; retribuzione a tempo, time wage (s); contratto a tempo determinato, time contract; ( contratto di) locazione a tempo indeterminato, tenancy at will (o sine die); a far tempo da, starting from // (inform.): tempo di esecuzione, operating time; tempo di esecuzione dell'istruzione, instruction time; tempo di messa in funzione, installation time; tempo di posizionamento, seek time; tempo di corretto funzionamento, up time (o uptime); tempo di disponibilità dell'hardware, block time; tempo di addizione, add-on time; tempo di riferimento, time origin; tempo per attivare una comunicazione, call setup time; tempo per attività accessorie, incidental time; tempi di fermo, ( per guasto) downtime; tempi morti, di risposta, think time; tempo di ripresa, makeup time; tempi elementari, digit time; tempi utili, effective time // (astr.): tempo civile, civil time; tempo solare vero, apparent solar day; tempo universale, universal time (o Greenwich time o Greenwich civil time)
    2 ( epoca, età) time: tempi antichi, moderni, ancient, modern times; tempi difficili, hard times; tempo di guerra, di pace, wartime, peace time; tempo della semina, del raccolto, sowing, harvest time; tempo di quaresima, Lent; tempo di esami, period of exams // ai miei tempi, in my time; in questi ultimi tempi, recently (o lately); al tempo dei tempi, in olden days; nella notte dei tempi, in the mists of time // i vecchi tempi, il buon tempo andato, the good, old days; bei, altri tempi!, the good old days!; coi tempi che corrono, as the times go // un documento del tempo, a document of the period // al tempo di Enrico VIII, at the time of Henry VIII; al tempo che Berta filava, (fam.) in times gone by // il più bel film di tutti i tempi, the best film of all time // una bellezza senza tempo, a timeless beauty // i tempi non sono maturi, the time is not ripe // adeguarsi ai tempi, to move with the times // essere all'altezza dei tempi, to be up-to-date; tenersi al passo coi tempi, to keep up (o to move) with the times; essere figlio del proprio tempo, to be the child of one's time; precorrere i tempi, to be ahead of (o to be born before) one's times // aver fatto il proprio tempo, to have had one's day
    3 ( atmosferico) weather [U]: tempo bello, brutto, cattivo, nice (o fine), bad, nasty weather; tempo da lupi, da cani, nasty (o foul) weather; che bel tempo!, what nice weather!; il tempo cambia, regge, si mantiene al bello, the weather is changing, is holding (up); tempo permettendo, weather permitting; previsioni del tempo, weather forecast; carta del tempo, weather map // fare il bello e il cattivo tempo, (fig.) to lay down the law // sentire il tempo, (fam.) to feel the weather // una risposta che lascia il tempo che trova, a feeble reply // rosso di sera bel tempo si spera, (prov.) red sky at night, shepherd's delight
    4 (mus.) time; tempo*; ( parte di composizione musicale) movement; ( misura) measure; ( battuta) beat: tempo di minuetto, tempo di minuetto (o minuet-time); i quattro tempi di una sinfonia, the four movements of a symphony; battere, tenere il tempo, to beat, to keep time; andare a tempo, to go in time; essere a, fuori tempo, to be in, out of time; perdere il tempo, to go out of time; battere in quattro tempi, to beat four to the bar
    5 (gramm.) tense: tempo presente, passato, futuro, present, past, future tense
    6 ( fase, parte) stage, phase, part: l'operazione fu eseguita in due tempi, the operation was performed in two stages; il primo tempo di una partita di calcio, the first half of a football match; il secondo tempo di un film, the second part of a film // tempi supplementari, extra time, (amer.) overtime
    7 (sport) time: tempo di record, record time; far ( registrare) un buon tempo, to record a good time; migliorare il proprio tempo, to improve one's time; corsa contro il tempo, race against time // fuori tempo massimo, after the time limit.
    * * *
    ['tɛmpo]
    sostantivo maschile
    1) time

    con il passare o l'andare del tempo as time goes by, with the passing of time; col tempo ci si abitua you get used to it in o with time; poco tempo prima shortly o some time before; molto, poco tempo fa a long, short time ago; in poco o breve tempo in a short time; per qualche tempo for some time, for (quite) a while; dopo poco, molto tempo shortly, long after(wards); in tempo [partire, fermarsi, finire] in o on time; arrivare appena in tempo to arrive just in time o right on time; non ho più molto tempo I haven't got much time left; abbiamo tutto il tempo we've got (plenty of) time, we have all the time in the world; non ho il tempo materiale o non ho materialmente il tempo di fare there aren't enough hours in the day for me to do; se ne è andato da molto tempo he has been gone for a long time, he left a long time ago; mi ci è voluto o ci ho messo molto tempo it took me much time; richiedere, prendere, portare via molto tempo to take much time; essere nei -i to be o stay within the agreed time; finire qcs. in o per tempo to finish sth. in o on time; lo conosco da molto tempo I've known him for a long time; il teatro non esiste più da molto tempo the theatre is long gone; fare in tempo a fare qcs. to be in time to do sth.; prendere tempo to stall, to temporize, to play a waiting game; al tempo stesso, allo stesso tempo at the same time, simultaneously, at once; battere qcn. sul tempo to beat sb. to the draw, to steal a march on sb., to steal sb.'s thunder; nel più breve tempo possibile — as quickly as possible

    in tempo utile — in time, within the time limit

    fuori tempo limite o utile beyond time limits; a tempo debito duly, at due time, in due course; hai (un minuto di) tempo? — have you got a moment (to spare)?

    3) meteor. weather

    tempo bello, brutto — good o fine, bad weather

    al tempo dei Romani — in Roman times, in the time of the Romans

    a quel tempo — in those days, at that time

    negli ultimi -i — lately, recently

    in tempo di pace, di guerra — in times of peace, war o in peacetime, wartime

    avere fatto il proprio tempo — [ oggetto] to have had one's day

    6) mecc.

    motore a due, quattro -i — two-, four-stroke engine

    7) sport time

    fare o realizzare un buon tempo to get a fast time; migliorare il proprio tempo di un secondo — to knock a second off one's time

    8) ling. (verbale) tense
    9) mus. time, tempo*

    tenere il tempoto stay in o keep time

    andare o essere a tempo, fuori tempo to be in, out of time; battere, segnare il tempo — to beat, mark time

    10) cinem. part, half*

    "fine primo tempo" — "end of part one"

    11) sport half*

    il primo, secondo tempo della partita — the first, second half of the match

    12) (età)
    14) a tempo [bomba, interruttore] time attrib.

    tempo libero — free time, spare time, time off, leisure (time)

    tempo morto — slack moment, idle time

    tempo di posafot. exposure time, shutter speed

    tempo di reazionepsic. reaction time

    ••

    ammazzare o ingannare il tempo to beguile o kill the time, to while away the hours; ogni cosa a suo tempo all in good time; dar tempo al tempo to let things take their course; a tempo e luogo at the proper time and place; nella notte dei -i in the mists of time; stringere i -i to quicken the pace; il tempo è denaro — time is money

    * * *
    tempo
    /'tεmpo/
    sostantivo m.
     1 time; con il passare o l'andare del tempo as time goes by, with the passing of time; col tempo ci si abitua you get used to it in o with time; poco tempo prima shortly o some time before; molto, poco tempo fa a long, short time ago; in poco o breve tempo in a short time; per qualche tempo for some time, for (quite) a while; dopo poco, molto tempo shortly, long after(wards); in tempo [partire, fermarsi, finire] in o on time; arrivare appena in tempo to arrive just in time o right on time; non ho più molto tempo I haven't got much time left; abbiamo tutto il tempo we've got (plenty of) time, we have all the time in the world; non ho il tempo materiale o non ho materialmente il tempo di fare there aren't enough hours in the day for me to do; se ne è andato da molto tempo he has been gone for a long time, he left a long time ago; mi ci è voluto o ci ho messo molto tempo it took me much time; richiedere, prendere, portare via molto tempo to take much time; essere nei -i to be o stay within the agreed time; finire qcs. in o per tempo to finish sth. in o on time; lo conosco da molto tempo I've known him for a long time; il teatro non esiste più da molto tempo the theatre is long gone; fare in tempo a fare qcs. to be in time to do sth.; prendere tempo to stall, to temporize, to play a waiting game; al tempo stesso, allo stesso tempo at the same time, simultaneously, at once; battere qcn. sul tempo to beat sb. to the draw, to steal a march on sb., to steal sb.'s thunder; nel più breve tempo possibile as quickly as possible
     2 (momento) è tempo di partire it's time to leave; in tempo utile in time, within the time limit; fuori tempo limite o utile beyond time limits; a tempo debito duly, at due time, in due course; hai (un minuto di) tempo? have you got a moment (to spare)?
     3 meteor. weather; tempo bello, brutto good o fine, bad weather; che tempo fa? what's the weather like? non si può uscire con questo tempo! you can't go out in this weather! previsioni del tempo weather forecast
     4 (epoca) al tempo dei Romani in Roman times, in the time of the Romans; al tempo in cui in the days when; bei -i! those were the days! ai miei -i in my days o time; a quel tempo in those days, at that time; negli ultimi -i lately, recently; in tempo di pace, di guerra in times of peace, war o in peacetime, wartime; avere fatto il proprio tempo [ oggetto] to have had one's day
     5 (fase) in due -i in two stages; in un secondo tempo subsequently
     6 mecc. motore a due, quattro -i two-, four-stroke engine
     7 sport time; fare o realizzare un buon tempo to get a fast time; migliorare il proprio tempo di un secondo to knock a second off one's time
     8 ling. (verbale) tense; avverbio di tempo adverb of time
     9 mus. time, tempo*; a tempo di valzer in waltz time; tenere il tempo to stay in o keep time; andare o essere a tempo, fuori tempo to be in, out of time; battere, segnare il tempo to beat, mark time
     10 cinem. part, half*; "fine primo tempo" "end of part one"
     11 sport half*; il primo, secondo tempo della partita the first, second half of the match
     12 (età) quanto tempo ha il bambino? how old is the child?
     13 un tempo non corro più veloce come un tempo I can't run as fast as I used to; un tempo era molto famosa she was once very famous
     14 a tempo [bomba, interruttore] time attrib.
     15 per tempo fammelo sapere per tempo let me know beforehand; alzarsi per tempo to get up early
    fare il bello e cattivo tempo to lay down the law; chi ha tempo non aspetti tempo make hay while the sun shines; ammazzare o ingannare il tempo to beguile o kill the time, to while away the hours; ogni cosa a suo tempo all in good time; dar tempo al tempo to let things take their course; a tempo e luogo at the proper time and place; nella notte dei -i in the mists of time; stringere i -i to quicken the pace; il tempo è denaro time is money
    \
    tempo libero free time, spare time, time off, leisure (time); tempo morto slack moment, idle time; tempo pieno full time; tempo di posa fot. exposure time, shutter speed; in tempo reale real time attrib.; tempo di reazione psic. reaction time.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > tempo

  • 12 lengua

    f.
    1 tongue.
    lengua de tierra tongue of land
    las malas lenguas dicen que… according to the gossip…
    ir/llegar con la lengua fuera (informal) to go along/arrive puffing and panting
    morderse la lengua to bite one's tongue
    se le trabó la lengua she stumbled over her words
    2 language (idioma, lenguaje).
    lengua materna mother tongue
    lengua muerta dead language
    * * *
    1 ANATOMÍA tongue
    2 (idioma) language
    3 (de tierra) strip
    \
    con la lengua fuera familiar with one's tongue hanging out
    dicen las malas lenguas que... gossip has it that...
    hacerse lenguas de algo to rave about something
    irse de la lengua familiar to let the cat out of the bag
    no tener pelos en la lengua figurado not to mince one's words
    tener algo en la punta de la lengua figurado to have something on the tip of one's tongue
    tener la lengua muy larga familiar to have a loose tongue
    tener una lengua viperina to have a vicious tongue
    tirar de la lengua a alguien familiar to pump somebody for information
    trabarse la lengua to get tongue-tied
    lengua de gato langue de chat
    lengua d'oc langue d'oc
    lengua d'oíl langue d'oïl
    lengua de trapo babbling
    lengua madre parent language
    lengua materna mother tongue
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) (Anat) tongue

    beber con la lengua — to lap up

    mala lengua — gossip

    según las malas lenguas... — according to gossip...

    sacar la lengua, abra la boca y saque la lengua — open your mouth and put o stick your tongue out

    - ¿te ha comido la lengua el gato?

    lengua viperina — sharp tongue, vicious tongue

    largo 1., 1), trabar 3.
    2) [de campana] tongue, clapper
    3) (Geog)

    lengua de tierra — spit of land, tongue of land

    4) (Ling) language, tongue; Esp (Escol) Spanish language ( as a school subject)

    hablar en lengua And to speak Quichua

    LENGUAS COOFICIALES Under the Spanish constitution catalán, euskera and gallego are lenguas oficiales and enjoy the same status as castellano in the autonomous regions in which they are spoken. These languages are also known as lenguas cooficiales to show they enjoy equal status with Spanish. The regional governments actively promote their use through the media and the education system.
    See:
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Anat) tongue

    darle a la lengua — (fam) to chatter

    desatársele la lengua a alguiento start to talk

    irse de la lengua or írsele la lengua a alguien — (fam)

    no te vayas a ir de la lengua — make sure you don't tell anybody; malo I

    morderse la lenguato bite one's tongue

    soltar la lenguato spill the beans

    ¿te comieron la lengua los ratones? — (fam & hum) has the cat got your tongue? (colloq)

    tirarle de or (AmL) tirarle or jalarle la lengua a alguien: hay que tirarle (de) la lengua you have to drag everything out of him; sé mucho sobre ti así que no me tires (de) la lengua — I know a lot about you, so don't provoke me

    b) (Coc) tongue
    c) ( de tierra) spit, tongue; ( de fuego) tongue
    2) (Ling) language
    •• Cultural note:
    The regional languages of Spain, catalán, euskera, and gallego, which now have equal status with Castilian in the regions where they are spoken. Banned under Franco, they continued to be spoken privately. They are now widely used in public life, education, and the media, cinema and literature
    * * *
    = language, tongue.
    Ex. A paraphrase is an interpretation of the concepts featured in a document, written in the language of the writer of the paraphrase.
    Ex. Although I do at times write with my tongue between my lips (the standard attitude of deep concentration), there are other times when it is equally firmly in my cheek.
    ----
    * Asociación de Lenguas Modernas (MLA) = Modern Language Association (MLA).
    * darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.
    * decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.
    * de lengua árabe = Arabic speaking.
    * dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.
    * dominio de una lengua extranjera = language proficiency.
    * en diversas lenguas = multilingually.
    * en dos lenguas = bilingually.
    * enfermedad de la lengua azul = bluetongue disease.
    * enredo de lengua = slip of the tongue.
    * entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.
    * en varias lenguas = cross-lingual, cross-language, multilingually.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * humedecer con la lengua = lick.
    * irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.
    * lengua autóctona = indigenous language.
    * lengua bífida = forked tongue, split tongue.
    * lengua de fuego = tongue of fire.
    * lengua de intercambio = exchange language.
    * lengua escrita = written language.
    * lengua extinta = extinct language.
    * lengua extranjera = foreign language.
    * lengua flexionada = inflected language.
    * lengua franca = lingua franca.
    * lengua hablada = spoken language.
    * lengua indígena = indigenous language.
    * lengua inglesa = English language.
    * lengua mandarina = Mandarin.
    * lengua materna = mother tongue.
    * lengua minoritaria = minority language.
    * lengua muerta = dead language, dead tongue.
    * lengua nacional = national language.
    * lengua nativa = native language, native tongue.
    * lengua negra = hairy tongue.
    * lengua oficial común = working language.
    * lengua oscurecida = black hairy tongue.
    * lengua peluda = hairy tongue.
    * lengua romance = romance language.
    * lengua vernácula = vernacular, vernacular language.
    * lengua /conocimiento de lengua = language skill.
    * mojar con la lengua = lick.
    * morderse la lengua = stay + Posesivo + tongue, hold + Posesivo + tongue, bite + Posesivo + tongue, bite + Posesivo + lip.
    * no morderse la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener pelos en lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * país cuya lengua oficial no es el inglés = non-English-speaking country.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * piercing para la lengua = tongue stud.
    * recuperación de información en varias lenguas = cross-language information retrieval (CLIR).
    * sin pelos en la lengua = outspokenly.
    * soltársele a Uno la lengua = tongue + be unloosed.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * TOEFL (Examen de Inglés como Segunda Lengua) = TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language).
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Anat) tongue

    darle a la lengua — (fam) to chatter

    desatársele la lengua a alguiento start to talk

    irse de la lengua or írsele la lengua a alguien — (fam)

    no te vayas a ir de la lengua — make sure you don't tell anybody; malo I

    morderse la lenguato bite one's tongue

    soltar la lenguato spill the beans

    ¿te comieron la lengua los ratones? — (fam & hum) has the cat got your tongue? (colloq)

    tirarle de or (AmL) tirarle or jalarle la lengua a alguien: hay que tirarle (de) la lengua you have to drag everything out of him; sé mucho sobre ti así que no me tires (de) la lengua — I know a lot about you, so don't provoke me

    b) (Coc) tongue
    c) ( de tierra) spit, tongue; ( de fuego) tongue
    2) (Ling) language
    •• Cultural note:
    The regional languages of Spain, catalán, euskera, and gallego, which now have equal status with Castilian in the regions where they are spoken. Banned under Franco, they continued to be spoken privately. They are now widely used in public life, education, and the media, cinema and literature
    * * *
    = language, tongue.

    Ex: A paraphrase is an interpretation of the concepts featured in a document, written in the language of the writer of the paraphrase.

    Ex: Although I do at times write with my tongue between my lips (the standard attitude of deep concentration), there are other times when it is equally firmly in my cheek.
    * Asociación de Lenguas Modernas (MLA) = Modern Language Association (MLA).
    * darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.
    * decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.
    * de lengua árabe = Arabic speaking.
    * dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.
    * dominio de una lengua extranjera = language proficiency.
    * en diversas lenguas = multilingually.
    * en dos lenguas = bilingually.
    * enfermedad de la lengua azul = bluetongue disease.
    * enredo de lengua = slip of the tongue.
    * entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.
    * en varias lenguas = cross-lingual, cross-language, multilingually.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * humedecer con la lengua = lick.
    * irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.
    * lengua autóctona = indigenous language.
    * lengua bífida = forked tongue, split tongue.
    * lengua de fuego = tongue of fire.
    * lengua de intercambio = exchange language.
    * lengua escrita = written language.
    * lengua extinta = extinct language.
    * lengua extranjera = foreign language.
    * lengua flexionada = inflected language.
    * lengua franca = lingua franca.
    * lengua hablada = spoken language.
    * lengua indígena = indigenous language.
    * lengua inglesa = English language.
    * lengua mandarina = Mandarin.
    * lengua materna = mother tongue.
    * lengua minoritaria = minority language.
    * lengua muerta = dead language, dead tongue.
    * lengua nacional = national language.
    * lengua nativa = native language, native tongue.
    * lengua negra = hairy tongue.
    * lengua oficial común = working language.
    * lengua oscurecida = black hairy tongue.
    * lengua peluda = hairy tongue.
    * lengua romance = romance language.
    * lengua vernácula = vernacular, vernacular language.
    * lengua /conocimiento de lengua = language skill.
    * mojar con la lengua = lick.
    * morderse la lengua = stay + Posesivo + tongue, hold + Posesivo + tongue, bite + Posesivo + tongue, bite + Posesivo + lip.
    * no morderse la lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * no tener pelos en lengua = call + a spade a spade.
    * país cuya lengua oficial no es el inglés = non-English-speaking country.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * piercing para la lengua = tongue stud.
    * recuperación de información en varias lenguas = cross-language information retrieval (CLIR).
    * sin pelos en la lengua = outspokenly.
    * soltársele a Uno la lengua = tongue + be unloosed.
    * tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.
    * TOEFL (Examen de Inglés como Segunda Lengua) = TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language).

    * * *
    lenguas cooficiales (↑ lengua a1)
    A
    saca la lengua put out your tongue
    me sacó la lengua he stuck his tongue out at me
    se me traba la lengua I get tongue-tied
    tengo la lengua pastosa or estropajosa I have a cotton mouth ( AmE colloq), I've got a furry tongue ( BrE colloq)
    andar en lenguas ( fam); to be the subject of gossip
    con la lengua fuera ( fam): llegamos a casa con la lengua fuera by the time we got home our tongues were hanging out ( colloq)
    darle a la lengua ( fam); to chatter, gab ( colloq)
    hacerse lenguas de algn/algo ( fam); to rave about sb/sth ( colloq)
    todos se hacen lenguas de su belleza everyone raves about how beautiful she is
    quiero que sea una sorpresa así que no te vayas a ir de la lengua I want it to be a secret so don't go and let the cat out of the bag ( colloq)
    morderse la lengua to bite one's tongue
    soltar la lengua to spill the beans
    soltarle la lengua a algn to make sb talk
    ¿te comieron la lengua los ratones? o ( Esp) ¿te ha comido la lengua el gato? ( fam hum); has the cat got your tongue? ( colloq), have you lost your tongue? ( colloq)
    tirarle or ( AmL) jalarle (de) la lengua a algn: hay que tirarle de la lengua para que te cuente nada you have to drag everything out of him o you have to pump him, otherwise he doesn't tell you anything
    sé mucho sobre tus negocios sucios así que no me tires de la lengua I know a lot about your shady deals, so don't provoke me …
    2 ( Coc) tongue
    3 (de tierra) spit, tongue
    4 (de fuego) tongue
    Compuesto:
    langue de chat
    B ( Ling) language
    la lengua y el habla langue and parole
    lengua de trapo baby talk
    medio1 (↑ medio (1))
    Compuestos:
    target language
    lengua de oc/d'oil
    langue d'oc/d'oïl
    source language
    lengua madre or materna
    mother tongue
    target language, object language
    dead language
    target language, object language
    living language
    * * *

     

    lengua sustantivo femenino
    1
    a) (Anat) tongue;


    irse de la lengua or írsele la lengua a algn (fam): no debía haberlo dicho pero se me fue la lengua I shouldn't have said it but it just slipped out;
    no te vayas a ir de la lengua make sure you don't tell anybody;
    See Also→ malo2
    b) (Coc) tongue


    ( de fuego) tongue
    2 (Ling) language;

    lengua sustantivo femenino
    1 Anat tongue
    figurado tener la lengua afilada, to have a sharp tongue
    lengua viperina, poisonous tongue
    mala lengua, gossip: dicen las malas lenguas que se casó con ella por interés, rumour has it that he married her for selfish reasons
    2 Ling language
    lengua materna, native o mother tongue
    lengua muerta, dead language
    segunda lengua, second language
    3 (franja estrecha) spit, tongue: una lengua de mar se adentra en la costa, a spit of land cuts into the coast
    4 (badajo) clapper
    ♦ Locuciones: con la lengua fuera: terminamos el examen con la lengua fuera, by the end of the exam we were exhausted
    fam fig irse de la lengua, to spill the beans
    morderse uno la lengua, to bite one's tongue: tuve que morderme la lengua para no decir lo que pensaba, I had to bite my tongue to stop myself from blurting it out
    familiar tener la lengua muy larga, to be a bigmouth: tu hermana tiene la lengua muy larga, your sister is a bigmouth
    fam fig tirarle a alguien de la lengua, to try to drag sthg out of sb
    ' lengua' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    academia
    - achicharrarse
    - autóctona
    - autóctono
    - bífida
    - bífido
    - chascar
    - chasquear
    - chasquido
    - contaminar
    - ELE
    - habla
    - hablar
    - materna
    - materno
    - pastosa
    - pastoso
    - pelo
    - punta
    - sacar
    - sarro
    - trabarse
    - vernácula
    - vernáculo
    - viperina
    - viperino
    - afilado
    - clásico
    - conocer
    - corromper
    - corrupción
    - enriquecer
    - manejo
    - nativo
    - quemar
    - románico
    - sucio
    - trabar
    - transmitir
    - vivo
    English:
    bite
    - bite back
    - click
    - draw out
    - first language
    - fur
    - guttural
    - language
    - mince
    - mother tongue
    - origin
    - put out
    - Romanic
    - second language
    - specially
    - stick out
    - thrust out
    - tip
    - tongue
    - venomous
    - assistant
    - hang
    - lick
    - mother
    - out
    - sharp
    - stumble
    - TEFL
    - tut
    - vernacular
    * * *
    lengua nf
    1. [órgano] tongue;
    sacarle la lengua a alguien to stick one's tongue out at sb;
    se le trabó la lengua she stumbled over her words;
    también Fig
    morderse la lengua to bite one's tongue;
    Fam
    darle a la lengua to chatter;
    Fam
    irse de la lengua, RP [m5] aflojar o [m5] soltar la lengua to let the cat out of the bag;
    Fam
    ir/llegar con la lengua fuera to go along/arrive puffing and panting;
    Fam
    ser largo de lengua, tener la lengua muy larga to be a gossip;
    las malas lenguas dicen que… according to the gossip…;
    lo tengo en la punta de la lengua I've got it on the tip of my tongue;
    Fam
    ¿(se) te ha comido la lengua el gato?, Am [m5]¿te comieron la lengua los ratones? has the cat got your tongue?;
    Fam lengua de buey [planta] bugloss;
    lengua de ciervo [planta] hart's-tongue fern;
    lengua de fuego tongue of flame;
    Esp lengua de gato [de chocolate] langue de chat; Fig lengua de víbora malicious tongue; Fig lengua viperina malicious tongue
    2. [de tierra] tongue
    Geol lengua glaciar glacier tongue
    3. [idioma, lenguaje] language
    lengua culta educated speech;
    lengua de destino target language;
    lengua escrita written language;
    lengua estándar standard language;
    lengua franca lingua franca;
    lengua fuente source language;
    lengua hablada spoken language;
    lengua de llegada target language;
    lengua materna mother tongue;
    mi lengua materna no es el español I'm not a native speaker of Spanish;
    lengua meta target language;
    lenguas modernas modern languages;
    lengua muerta dead language;
    lengua normativa standard language;
    lengua de oc langue d'oc;
    lengua de oíl langue d'oïl;
    lengua original original o source language;
    lengua romance Romance language;
    lengua románica Romance language;
    lengua viva living language;
    lengua vulgar vulgar o coarse language
    4. Esp [asignatura] Spanish (language)
    * * *
    f tongue;
    darle a la lengua fam chatter;
    de doble filo sharp tongue;
    tirar a alguien de la lengua get information out of s.o.;
    con la lengua fuera fig with one’s tongue hanging out;
    irse de la lengua let the cat out of the bag;
    morderse la lengua fig bite one’s tongue;
    sacar la lengua a alguien stick one’s tongue out at s.o.;
    lo tengo en la punta de la lengua it’s on the tip of my tongue
    * * *
    lengua nf
    1) : tongue
    morderse la lengua: to bite one's tongue
    2) idioma: language
    lengua materna: mother tongue, native language
    lengua muerta: dead language
    * * *
    1. (del cuerpo) tongue
    2. (idioma) language
    irse de la lengua to let the cat out of the bag [pt. & pp. let]
    lengua materna native language / mother tongue

    Spanish-English dictionary > lengua

  • 13 πέλας

    Grammatical information: Adv.
    Meaning: `near, nearby' (Od.); ὁ πέλας `nearest one, neighbour, next one' (IA.). Beside it 1. the nasalpresent πίλναμαι ( πίλ-ν-α-μαι), - νάω, also w. ἐπι-, προσ-, `to draw near' (Il.; for the formation cf. κίρνημι s. κεράννυ-μι); 2. the athem. aor. πλῆ-το (Il.), with which ἐπλά̄-θην (trag. in lyr.), πέ-πλη-μαι (Od.), πλά̄-θω (trag. in lyr.); 3. the σ-aor. πελά-σ(σ)αι `to draw near', also `to bring near', midd. - σασθαι, pass. - σθῆναι (Il.), to which as new presents πελάζω, also w. ἐμ-, ἐπι-, προσ- (Ε 766), πελάθω (trag. in lyr.), πελάω, ἐμ- πέλας (h. Hom. 7, 44, hell.); fut. πελῶ (Att.).
    Derivatives: 1. πελά-της, Dor. - τας m. `one who comes near, serf, jobber' (trag., Pl.; Fraenkel Nom. ag. 1, 42), f. - τις (Plu.), with - τικός (D.H.); ἐμπελά-τειρα f. = πελάτις (Call., Euph.); 2. πέλα-σις f. ( ἐμ-, προσ-) `approach' (S.E., Procl.); 3. ἄ-πλη-τος (ep.), ἄ-πλᾱ-τος (Dor., trag.) `unapproachable, appalling'; 4. πλᾶ-τις, - ιδος f. `wife' (Ar., Lyc.); 5. τειχεσι-πλῆτα voc. surn. of Ares (Ε 31, 455; meaning unclear, cf. below and Fraenkel l.c.); 6. πλήτης πλησιαστής H. (from 5. concluded?). -- On δασπλῆτις s. v. -- Old adv. πλησίον (Il.), Aeol. πλά̄-σιον, Dor. πλᾱτίον `near', beside which the adj. πλησίος `standing nearby, neighbouring' (ep. ion. Il.); as 1. member e.g. in πλησιό-χωρος `neighbouring' (IA.). From this πλησι-ότης f. `neighbourhood' (A. D.); πλησι-άζω (Dor. πλᾱτι-) `to approach, to accompany, to associate with' (Att.) with - ασμός, - ασμα, - ασις (Arist.).
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [801] * pelh₂- `push'
    Etymology: No certain agreement outside Greek. After Lobeck in Curtius 278 orig. "striking against (anstoßend)" (cf. ἴκταρ with several meaning parallels); further to Lat. pellō `push', Celt., e.g. OIr. ad-ella (\< * pel-nā-t = Lat. appellat) `visits', fut. eblaid \< * pi-plā-seti `will drive' (Froehde BB. 3, 308 resp. Vendryes MSL 16, 301 f.). Traces of this more concrete meaning can perh. still be found in expressions like πέλασε χθονί `threw to the ground', ὀδύνησι πελάζειν `sink in sorrow'; also in τειχεσι-πλῆτα as surn. of Ares ("wall-stormer ?). So πέλας as old nom. (- acc.; Schwyzer 516 n. 620) prop. "(first) push"; similar πλᾱτίον, πλησίον lengthened from an adverbial *πλᾱ-τ-ι (Schw. 621, 623)? The weakness of this in itself quite possible explanation lies in the absence of certain morphological criteria; the Celt. forms seem to agree in ablaut with the Greek ones (IE * pelh₂-, plā-); cf. OIr. adella `visits' and πλησιάζει `associates with'. Further forms w. lit. in WP. 2, 57f., Pok. 801 f., W.-Hofmann s. pellō. Vgl. πλήν, πλήσσω.
    Page in Frisk: 2,494-495

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > πέλας

  • 14 GÖRA

    ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.
    A. To make:
    I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.
    2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.
    II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.
    III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.
    2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.
    3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.
    4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.
    5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.
    6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.
    7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.
    β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.
    8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.
    β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.
    9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)
    B. To do:
    I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.
    II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.
    2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.
    β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.
    C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:
    I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.
    II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.
    III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.
    IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.
    2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.
    3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.
    V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.
    D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.
    E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.
    2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.
    3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.
    4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.
    5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.
    6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.
    F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)
    2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.
    II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.
    III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GÖRA

  • 15 σκάπτω

    Grammatical information: v.
    Meaning: `to dig, to dig out, to work the earth', κατα- σκάπτω `to inter, to bury', usu. `to demolish, to raze to the ground, to destroy' (h. Merc., Pi.).
    Other forms: Aor. σκάψαι (IA.), fut. σκάψω, perf. ἔσκαφα, midd. ἔσκαμμαι (Att.), aor. pass. σκαφ-ῆναι (E., hell.), fut. - ήσομαι (J. a. o.),
    Compounds: Often w. prefix, esp. κατα-.
    Derivatives: Several derivv. (on the forms with φ cf. bel.): 1. σκάφη f. `winnow, bowl, trough, dish', also `ship' (IA.); σκάφος n. `hull of a ship', poet. also `ship' (IA.), rarely (as nom. act.) `the digging' (Hes. Op. 572, Gp.). 2. Diminut.: σκαφ-ίς, - ίδος f. `cup' (ι 223, Hp., Ar. a. o.), also `barge' and `spade' (hell. a. late); - ίον n. `bowl, cup' (com., hell. a. late), also as des. of a hair-dress (Ar., on the development of the meaning Solmsen Wortforsch. 203 ff. [disputable]), `barge' (Str., Hld.); - ίδιον n. `winnow, ship' (hell. a. late). 3. σκαφ-ίτης m. approx. `boatman' (Anon. ap. Demetr., Str.; Redard 44f.). 4. σκαφή f. `the digging' (hell. pap. a.o., Hdn. Gr. 1, 345), also `grave' (Bithynia; or σκάφη ?); often prefixcompp., esp. κατασκαφ-ή, often pl. - αί `tomb, demolition, destruction' (trag., also Att. prose); adj. κατασκαφ-ής `butied' (S.). 5. σκαφ-ιά f. `ditch, grave' (Halaesa Ia). 6. σκαφ-εύς m. `digger' (E., Archipp., hell. a. late; rather directly from σκάπτω than with Bosshardt 40 from σκαφή), also (from σκάφη) `dish, σκαφηφόρος' ( Com. Adesp.); from σκάφη also σκαφ-εύω `to empty in a trough' (Ctes., Plu.) with - ευσις (Eun.); besides - ευσις, - εία f. `the digging' (Suid.), - εῖον n. `shovel', also `bowl, cup' (= - ίον; youngatt. hell.) with - είδιον (Hdn. Epim.), - ευτής = fossor (Gloss.). 7. σκαφ-ητός m. `the digging' (Thphr., hell. a. late inscr. a. o.; after ἀλοητός a. o.), - ητροι pl. `id.' (pap. Ip); WestGr. (Delphi, Trozen a. o.) σκάπετος m. (Megara - πεδος; after δάπεδον, πέδον Solmsen Wortforsch. 196; not with Schwyzer 498 n. 13 "phonetical byform (play-)") `grave, tomb'; besides κάπετος `id.' (Il., Hp.), also `spade' (Gortyn)?, uncertain σκαπέτωσις `the digging' (Trozen). 8. σκαφαλος ἀντλητήρ H. (like πάσσαλος a.o.); λ-suffix also in σκαφλεύς = σκαφεύς (Athens IVa)?; Kumanudis Rev. de phil. 87, 99f. 9. σκαπ-άνη f. `shovel, spade' (Theoc., AP a. o.), also `excavation' (Thphr.), with - ανήτης m. `digger' (Zonar)., - ανεύς m. `id.' (Lyc., Phld., Str. a. o.; Bosshardt 68), - ανεύω `to dig up' (inscr. Magnesia [Epist. Darei], Phld. Rh.). 10. σκάμμα n. `the digging, ditch, place dug up' (Pl. Lg., hell. a. late). 11. περίσκαψις f. `the digging up' (pap. VIp, Gp.). 12. σκαπτήρ, - ῆρος m. `digger' (Margites, X. ap. Poll.; Fraenkel Nom. ag. 1, 107; 2, 55, Benveniste Noms d'agent 39), f. - τειρα (AP). 13. PN Σκαπτη ὕλη (Thrace; Hdt. a. o.) with Σκαπτησυλικός (Att. inscr.), - ίτης m. (St. Byz.); on the formaytion Schwyzer 452.
    Origin: LW [a loanword which is (probably) not of Pre-Greek origin] Eur. substr.X
    Etymology: As common basis of the above forms, which show an analogically levelled system, can serve both σκαπ- (with analog. σκαφ- after θάπτω: τάφος, ταφῆναι a. o.) and σκαφ- (with partly phonetical partly anal. σκαπ-). In the first case Italic gives the nearest connection in the relik Lat. scapulae, Umbr. scapla (acc. sg.) `shoulder(blade)', if prop. `shovel' as primary nom. agentis (cf. σκάφαλος above). In the latter case σκάπτω agrees formally to a widespread word for `plane, scratch etc.' in Lat. scăbō, Germ., e.g. OHG scaban, Lith. skabiù ( = σκάπτω; beside this skobiù, skõbti) `scoop out with the chisel, scraper v.t.', to which also Slav., e.g. Russ. skóbelь `plane-iron' etc. (s. W.-Hofmann, Fraenkel and Vasmer s. vv. w. lit.). Also σκάφη, σκάφος a. o. fit better with `plane, scoop out' than with `dig' (Solmsen Wortforsch. 196 ff. w. extensive treatment), without possibility to draw a clear limit. -- If one removes the s- as "movable" and assumes a vocalic variation ē̆: ō̆: ā̆, the etymological field becomes very large. If one goes even a step further and beside ( s)ke \/ o \/ a + p \/ bh- also accepyts a variant skē̆ip \/ b-, and considers that not only the above final consonants, but classifies also the varying vowels as formants or enlargements, we arrive at the `ideal' root sek- `cut etc.' (from which then also come sk-er- and sk-el-). Nobody believes, that such a "systematic" cutting up gives a right pisture of the linguistic processes. Old connections with κόπτω, perh. also with σκέπαρνος (s. vv. w. lit.; to this further still NPers. kāfađ `dig, split') a. cogn. with all kinds of crosses and deviations (!) may be possible, but cannot be demonstrated in detail. -- S. still σκήπτω and σκίπων. -- Frisk's discussion of σκάπτω is hopelessly dated; it refers clearly to Pok. 930 ff.; e.g. we now know that PIE did not have an ablaut e\/a; so the words with -e- must be omitted. I would strike the comparison with Lat. scapula (both for form and meaning). Also Lith. skobiù, skõbti, as Greek has no form with long . I think that the forms ( σ)κάπετος (s.v.) may be Pre-Greek, and so the other forms with σκαπ-; as also σκάφαλος and the strange σκαφλεύς. The other forms seem based on * skabh-, as in Lat. scabō and Germ., e.g. OHG scaban. I suggest that this form is a loan of a Eur. substratum.
    Page in Frisk: 2,718-720

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > σκάπτω

  • 16 σπάω

    σπάω, σπάομαι
    Grammatical information: v.
    Meaning: `to draw', e.g. a sword, `to pull out, to tug, to wince, to attract, to snatch, to pull off, to sprain, to drag or to lure somewhere, to pull in, to suck in, to slurp down' (S., Ar. a. o.)
    Other forms: Aor. σπάσαι, σπάσ(σ)ασθαι, pass. σπασθῆναι (Il.), fut. σπάσω, - ομαι, perf. midd. ἔσπασμαι (IA.), act. ἔσπακα (Ar., Arist. a. o.).
    Compounds: Very often w. prefix in different shades of meaning, e.g. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐπι-, κατα-, περι-.
    Derivatives: A. From the unenlarged root: 1. σπάσις, mostly to the prefixed verbs, e.g. ἀνάσπα-σις (: ἀνα-σπάσαι, - σπᾶν) `pulling in' etc. (Hp., Arist. etc.). 2. σπασμός ( ἐπισπασμός etc.) m. `wincing, spasm, violent movement' (IA.) with σπασμ-ώδης, κατα-σπασμ-ικός. 3. σπάσμα ( ἀπόσπασμα etc.) n. `spasm, sprain, shred, scrap' (IA); on σπάσις, - σμός, - σμα Chantraine Form. 145 a. 147. -- 4. - σπαστος in ἐπίσπασ-τος `brought upon oneself, incurred' (Od. etc.) a.o.; σπαστικός ( κατα-, περι-) `pulling in, slurping in' (Arist.). -- 5. - σπα-στήρ, - ῆρος m. in ἐπισπαστήρ (Hdt., AP; - σπατήρ inscr.), ποτισπαστήρ (Epid. IV--IIIa) "attractor", `thong which draws the door, bird string, net'; ἐπίσπαστρον n. `id.' (LXX, D.S. a. o.). --B. With δ-enlargement: 1. παρα-σπάς, - άδος f. `shoot torn off and planted' (Thphr.), ἀπο- σπάω `twig torn off' (AP, Nonn.). 2. σπάδῑξ, -ῑκος m. `(torn off) twig, espec. palm twig' (Nic., Plu. etc.); Lat. LW [loanword] spădīx `date-coloured' (s. W.-Hofmann s.v.). 2. σπάδιον n. `race-track' (Argos, H; "the lenghty one"; cf. στάδιον). 3. σπαδών, - όνος f. `spasm, convulsion' (Hp., Nic.) with - ονίζω, - ονισμός. 4. σπάδων, - ωνος m. `eunuch' (LXX, Plb. a.o.), also σπάδος (Eust.; vgl. E. Maass RhM 74, 432ff.). -- C. With τ-enlargement: σπάτος n. `(removed) skin' (H., sch. Ar. Pax 48 [Boeot.]) with σπάτειος in σπατείων δερματίνων H., as 1. member in Σ\<πα\> το-ληασταί m. pl. guild of fullers in Argos (Rom. time; Fraenkel Nom. ag. 1, 176). -- D. Derived verbs: σπάζει σκυζᾳ̃. Άχαιοί H.; σπαδίξας aor. ptc. of σπαδίζω `to remove' (Hdt. 5, 25); σπατίζει τῶν \<σ\> πατέων ἕλκει, τῶν δερμάτων, τῶν τιτθῶν H. -- On σπάθη s. v.
    Origin: XX [etym. unknown]
    Etymology: The regular inflectional system of σπάω may have developed from the aorist σπάσαι. From there first σπασθῆναι, ἔσπασμαι, σπάσω, further σπάω, lastly ἔσπακα (cf. on κλάω). The σ-forms σπασθῆναι etc. are prob. analogical beside σπα-δ-, σπα-τ- (diff. Schwyzer 761; doubting 706). -- No immediate agreement outside Greek. Semantically very tempting is the comparison with Toch. B pāss- `draw off (the skin)' in the preterital forms passāre-ne (3. pl. act.), passāmai (1. sg. midd.), s. v. Windekens Orbis 11, 343; 12, 191, though the absence of the "movable" s- must raise doubts (- ss- moreover from - sw- acc. to v. W.). An old verbal noun seems preserved in the Lat. relict-word spatium `space etc.' (: σπάδιον with alternative dental, Schwyzer 498 n. 13 w. lit.). -- The other under spē(i)- grouped words `draw, stretch etc.' in WP. 2, 655ff. (similar Pok. 981 ff.) after Persson Beitr. 1, 386--415, a. o. OHG spanan `allure, entice' (prop. *"allure"), spāti `late', are because of the extensible meaning, the short size of the words and the variating phonetics not well usable for an exact, detailed etymological demonstration and do not help to undertsand σπάω. -- Cf. σπίδιος and σφαδάζω; also cf. σπατάλη and σπατίλη.
    Page in Frisk: 2,759-761

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > σπάω

  • 17 σπάομαι

    σπάω, σπάομαι
    Grammatical information: v.
    Meaning: `to draw', e.g. a sword, `to pull out, to tug, to wince, to attract, to snatch, to pull off, to sprain, to drag or to lure somewhere, to pull in, to suck in, to slurp down' (S., Ar. a. o.)
    Other forms: Aor. σπάσαι, σπάσ(σ)ασθαι, pass. σπασθῆναι (Il.), fut. σπάσω, - ομαι, perf. midd. ἔσπασμαι (IA.), act. ἔσπακα (Ar., Arist. a. o.).
    Compounds: Very often w. prefix in different shades of meaning, e.g. ἀνα-, ἀπο-, δια-, ἐπι-, κατα-, περι-.
    Derivatives: A. From the unenlarged root: 1. σπάσις, mostly to the prefixed verbs, e.g. ἀνάσπα-σις (: ἀνα-σπάσαι, - σπᾶν) `pulling in' etc. (Hp., Arist. etc.). 2. σπασμός ( ἐπισπασμός etc.) m. `wincing, spasm, violent movement' (IA.) with σπασμ-ώδης, κατα-σπασμ-ικός. 3. σπάσμα ( ἀπόσπασμα etc.) n. `spasm, sprain, shred, scrap' (IA); on σπάσις, - σμός, - σμα Chantraine Form. 145 a. 147. -- 4. - σπαστος in ἐπίσπασ-τος `brought upon oneself, incurred' (Od. etc.) a.o.; σπαστικός ( κατα-, περι-) `pulling in, slurping in' (Arist.). -- 5. - σπα-στήρ, - ῆρος m. in ἐπισπαστήρ (Hdt., AP; - σπατήρ inscr.), ποτισπαστήρ (Epid. IV--IIIa) "attractor", `thong which draws the door, bird string, net'; ἐπίσπαστρον n. `id.' (LXX, D.S. a. o.). --B. With δ-enlargement: 1. παρα-σπάς, - άδος f. `shoot torn off and planted' (Thphr.), ἀπο- σπάομαι `twig torn off' (AP, Nonn.). 2. σπάδῑξ, -ῑκος m. `(torn off) twig, espec. palm twig' (Nic., Plu. etc.); Lat. LW [loanword] spădīx `date-coloured' (s. W.-Hofmann s.v.). 2. σπάδιον n. `race-track' (Argos, H; "the lenghty one"; cf. στάδιον). 3. σπαδών, - όνος f. `spasm, convulsion' (Hp., Nic.) with - ονίζω, - ονισμός. 4. σπάδων, - ωνος m. `eunuch' (LXX, Plb. a.o.), also σπάδος (Eust.; vgl. E. Maass RhM 74, 432ff.). -- C. With τ-enlargement: σπάτος n. `(removed) skin' (H., sch. Ar. Pax 48 [Boeot.]) with σπάτειος in σπατείων δερματίνων H., as 1. member in Σ\<πα\> το-ληασταί m. pl. guild of fullers in Argos (Rom. time; Fraenkel Nom. ag. 1, 176). -- D. Derived verbs: σπάζει σκυζᾳ̃. Άχαιοί H.; σπαδίξας aor. ptc. of σπαδίζω `to remove' (Hdt. 5, 25); σπατίζει τῶν \<σ\> πατέων ἕλκει, τῶν δερμάτων, τῶν τιτθῶν H. -- On σπάθη s. v.
    Origin: XX [etym. unknown]
    Etymology: The regular inflectional system of σπάω may have developed from the aorist σπάσαι. From there first σπασθῆναι, ἔσπασμαι, σπάσω, further σπάω, lastly ἔσπακα (cf. on κλάω). The σ-forms σπασθῆναι etc. are prob. analogical beside σπα-δ-, σπα-τ- (diff. Schwyzer 761; doubting 706). -- No immediate agreement outside Greek. Semantically very tempting is the comparison with Toch. B pāss- `draw off (the skin)' in the preterital forms passāre-ne (3. pl. act.), passāmai (1. sg. midd.), s. v. Windekens Orbis 11, 343; 12, 191, though the absence of the "movable" s- must raise doubts (- ss- moreover from - sw- acc. to v. W.). An old verbal noun seems preserved in the Lat. relict-word spatium `space etc.' (: σπάδιον with alternative dental, Schwyzer 498 n. 13 w. lit.). -- The other under spē(i)- grouped words `draw, stretch etc.' in WP. 2, 655ff. (similar Pok. 981 ff.) after Persson Beitr. 1, 386--415, a. o. OHG spanan `allure, entice' (prop. *"allure"), spāti `late', are because of the extensible meaning, the short size of the words and the variating phonetics not well usable for an exact, detailed etymological demonstration and do not help to undertsand σπάω. -- Cf. σπίδιος and σφαδάζω; also cf. σπατάλη and σπατίλη.
    Page in Frisk: 2,759-761

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > σπάομαι

  • 18 gewinnen

    (erlangen) to acquire; to gain;
    (erzeugen) to produce;
    (siegen) to win
    * * *
    ge|wịn|nen [gə'vɪnən] pret gewa\#nn [gə'van] ptp gewo\#nnen [gə'vɔnən]
    1. vt
    1) (= siegen in) to win; (= erwerben, bekommen) to gain, to win; Preis, jds Herz to win

    jdn ( für etw) gewinnen — to win sb over (to sth)

    jdn für sich gewinnento win sb over (to one's side)

    es gewinnt den Anschein, als ob... (form)it would appear that...

    was ist damit gewonnen, wenn du das tust? — what is the good or use of you or your doing that?

    wie gewonnen, so zerronnen (Prov)easy come easy go (prov)

    2) (als Profit) to make (a profit of)
    3) (= erzeugen) to produce, to obtain; Erze etc to mine, to extract, to win (liter); (aus Altmaterial) to reclaim, to recover
    2. vi
    1) (= Sieger sein) to win (
    bei, in +dat at)
    2) (= profitieren) to gain; (= sich verbessern) to gain something

    sie gewinnt durch ihre neue Frisurher new hairstyle does something for her

    See:
    wagen
    * * *
    1) (to draw or take from (a source or origin): We derive comfort from his presence.) derive
    2) (to obtain the support and help of: He has enlisted George to help him organize the party.) enlist
    3) (to take out (a substance forming part of something else) by crushing or by chemical means: Vanilla essence is extracted from vanilla beans.) extract
    4) (to obtain: He quickly gained experience.) gain
    5) ((often with by or from) to get (something good) by doing something: What have I to gain by staying here?) gain
    6) (to have an increase in (something): He gained strength after his illness.) gain
    7) ((with in) to persuade to do, buy etc: Can I interest you in ( buying) this dictionary?) interest
    8) (to capture or win: He took the first prize.) take
    9) (to obtain (a victory) in a contest; to succeed in coming first in (a contest), usually by one's own efforts: He won a fine victory in the election; Who won the war/match?; He won the bet; He won (the race) in a fast time / by a clear five metres.) win
    10) (to obtain (a prize) in a competition etc, usually by luck: to win first prize; I won $5 in the crossword competition.) win
    11) (to obtain by one's own efforts: He won her respect over a number of years.) win
    * * *
    ge·win·nen
    < gewann, gewonnen>
    [gəˈvɪnən]
    I. vt
    1. (als Gewinn erhalten)
    etw \gewinnen to win sth
    2. (für sich entscheiden)
    etw \gewinnen to win sth
    ein Spiel gegen jdn \gewinnen to beat sb in a game
    jdn [für etw akk] \gewinnen to win sb over [to sth]
    jdn als Freund \gewinnen to win [or gain] sb as a friend
    jdn als Kunden \gewinnen to win [or gain] sb's custom
    4. (erzeugen) to obtain
    Erz/Kohle/Metall [aus etw dat] \gewinnen to extract [or spec win] ore/coal/metal [from sth]
    recycelte Stoffe \gewinnen to reclaim [or recover] recyclable materials
    5.
    wie gewonnen, so zerronnen (prov) easy come, easy go prov
    II. vi
    1. (Gewinner sein)
    [bei etw dat/in etw dat] \gewinnen to win [at sth]
    2. (Gewinn bringen) to be a winner
    [bei etw dat] \gewinnen to profit [from sth]
    4. (zunehmen) to gain
    an Einfluss/Gewicht/Selbstsicherheit \gewinnen to gain [in] influence/importance/self-confidence
    an Erfahrung/Weisheit/innerer Reife \gewinnen to gain in experience/wisdom/maturity, to become more experienced/wiser/more mature
    5. (besser wirken) to improve
    sie gewinnt durch ihre neue Frisur her new hairstyle does something for her
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) (siegen in) win <contest, race, etc.>; s. auch Spiel 2)
    2) (erringen, erreichen, erhalten) gain, win <respect, sympathy, etc.>; gain <time, lead, influence, validity, confidence>; win < prize>

    wie gewonnen, so zerronnen — (Spr.) easy come, easy go; s. auch Oberhand

    3) (Unterstützung erlangen)

    jemanden für etwas gewinnen — win somebody over [to something]

    4) (abbauen, fördern) mine, extract <coal, ore, metal>; recover < oil>
    5) (erzeugen) produce ( aus from); (durch Recycling) reclaim; recover
    2.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    1) win ( bei at)
    2) (sich vorteilhaft verändern) improve

    an Höhe/ Fahrt gewinnen — gain height/gain or pick up speed

    * * *
    gewinnen; gewinnt, gewann, hat gewonnen
    A. v/t
    1. (Krieg, Prozess, Rennen, Spiel, Wahl, Wette etc) win
    2. (Geld etc) win, get, gain; (Preis etc) win, fetch, carry off;
    wie gewonnen, so zerronnen sprichw easy come, easy go
    3. (Einblick, Eindruck, Vorteil, Vorsprung, jemandes Zuneigung etc) gain; (erwerben) get, obtain; (verdienen) earn, make;
    Zeit gewinnen (einsparen) save time; bevor etwas passiert: gain time;
    damit ist schon viel gewonnen that’s already a great step forward, much has already been gained by that;
    was ist damit gewonnen? what good will it do?;
    damit ist nichts gewonnen it won’t do any good;
    jemanden für etwas gewinnen win sb over to sth;
    gewinnen win sb’s support for one’s plans etc;
    jemandes Herz gewinnen win sb’s heart; Abstand, Oberhand, Spiel 1 etc
    4. geh, räumlich: reach, attain;
    das Weite gewinnen make off into the wide blue yonder;
    sie konnten das rettende Ufer gewinnen they succeeded in reaching dry land
    5.
    aus from) (Saft, Gummi, Sirup, Öl etc) get, obtain, extract; CHEM extract, derive; (Kohle, Erdöl etc) win, obtain, extract; aus Altmaterial: recover, reclaim
    B. v/i
    1. win, be the winner(s); win the match etc;
    in etwas (dat)
    gewinnen bei Schach, Poker etc: win at sth; in Lotterie etc: win a prize in sth;
    knapp gewinnen SPORT scrape home;
    jedes dritte Los gewinnt! every third ticket is a winner ( oder wins a prize); spielend
    2.
    gewinnen an (+dat) an Bedeutung, Klarheit etc: gain (in);
    an Boden gewinnen gain ground;
    3. durch Vergleich oder Kontrast etc: gain, improve;
    gewinnen durch profit by, benefit from;
    sie gewinnt bei näherer Bekanntschaft she improves on closer acquaintance;
    durch den Bart gewinnt er he looks better with a beard
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) (siegen in) win <contest, race, etc.>; s. auch Spiel 2)
    2) (erringen, erreichen, erhalten) gain, win <respect, sympathy, etc.>; gain <time, lead, influence, validity, confidence>; win < prize>

    wie gewonnen, so zerronnen — (Spr.) easy come, easy go; s. auch Oberhand

    jemanden für etwas gewinnen — win somebody over [to something]

    4) (abbauen, fördern) mine, extract <coal, ore, metal>; recover < oil>
    5) (erzeugen) produce ( aus from); (durch Recycling) reclaim; recover
    2.
    unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb
    1) win ( bei at)

    jedes zweite Los gewinnt! — every other ticket [is] a winner!

    an Höhe/ Fahrt gewinnen — gain height/gain or pick up speed

    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: gewann, gewonnen)
    = to extract v.
    to gain v.
    to win v

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > gewinnen

  • 19 ὄνος

    Grammatical information: m. f.
    Meaning: `ass, female ass' (Λ 558), often metaph., e.g. `windlass, winch, the upper millstone' (. ἀλέτης; cf. Fraenkel Nom. ag. 2, 58), as fishname (after the grey colour or the great head as sign of stupidity?), s. Strömberg 100;
    Other forms: Myc. ono \/onos\/.
    Compounds: Very often as 1. member, a.o. in plantnames as ὀνο-θήρα, - κάρδιον, - πορδον (Rohlfs ByzZ 37, 53f.), ὄνοσμα (s. Strömberg 138 a. 61); on ὄνιννος s. v., on ὄναγρος = . ἄγριος `wild ass' Risch IF 59, 286 f.; as 2. member in ἡμί-ονος f. (m) `mule' (Il.), cf. Risch l.c. 22f.
    Derivatives: 1. Several diminut., partly in metaph. meaning: ὀν-ίσκος m. (Hp., Ph. Bel.), - ιον (- ίον?) n. (pap.), - ίδιον (Ar.), - άριον (Diphil. Com.), - αρίδιον (pap.), - ύδιν (?; pap. IV p). 2. Other subst.: ὀνίς f. `donkey droppings' (IA.); ὀνῖτις f. `kind of marjoram, Origanum heracleoticum' (Nic., Dsc. Gal.; Redard 75, Andrews ClassPhil. 56, 75f.); ὀνίας m. `kind of σκάρος' (Ath.; on the meatnames in - ίας Chantraine Form. 94); ὀνεῖον n. `donkey stable' (Suid.). 3. Adj.: ὄν-ειος `of a donkey' (Ar., Arist.), - ικός `belonging to a donkey' (NT, pap., inscr.), - ώδης `donkey-like' (Arist.). 4. Verb ὀνεύω `to draw with a windlass, to draw up' (Th., Stratt.). On ὄνωνις s.v.
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]X [probably]
    Etymology: Foreign word. After Brugmann IF 22, 197ff. (s. Kretschmer Glotta 2, 351) from * osonos (through * ohonos \> * hoonos = ὁ ὄνος[?]) and with Lat. asinus a loan from a southpontic language; here after B. also Arm. ēš, gen. -oy. One considers also Sumer. anšu `ass' (s. Neumann, IF 69, 61). -- Schrader-Nehring Reallex. 1, 271ff. with important details; further lit. in W.-Hofmann s. asinus. -- Not to Lat. onus `burden' (thus still Grégoire Byzantion 13, 287ff.), also not to Hebr. ā̂tōn `female ass'. - Prob. a Pre-Greek word.
    Page in Frisk: 2,397-398

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ὄνος

  • 20 σύρω

    Grammatical information: v.
    Meaning: `to draw, to trail, to drag, to pull, to ravish, to sweep'(IA.).
    Other forms: Aor. σῦραι, pass. σῠρῆναι (late), fut. συρῶ (LXX), perf. σέσυρμαι, - κα (hell. a. late).
    Compounds: Very often w. prefix in diff. shades of meaning, e.g. δια- (also `to hackle, to mock'), ἐπι- (also `to be, treat neglectful etc.'), κατα-, παρα-. As 1. member in σύργαστρος (s.v.)?
    Derivatives: 1. σύρμα ( ἀπό-, ἐπί-, παρά-, περί-) n. `train-dress, sweepings, dragging movement' (Ion., X., hell. a. late) with συρμα-τῖτις κόπρος `manure-heap consisting of sweepings' (Thphr.; Redard 109), - τικη φωνή `drawn-out accent' (VIIp), - τὶς στρατιά ἡ τὰ συμψήγματα καὶ φρύγανα σύρουσα καὶ συλλέγουσα H. 2. συρμός ( ἐπι-, περι-, ὑπο-) m. `grinding, dragging, pulling movement' (of a wind, a gulf, a meteor, a snake a.o.; Arist. etc), `the vomiting' (Nic.); δια- σύρω `the pulling apart, to bemock' (hell. a. late); from this συρ-μάδες f. pl. `snowdrifts' (late), - μαία, Ion. - μαίη f. `vomitive, radish' (Ion., Ar. etc.), also name of a Lacon. priestrank (inscr., H.), with - μαΐζω `to take a vomitive', -μαϊσμός m. (Hdt., medic.), - μίον λάχανόν τι σελίνῳ ἐοικός H., - μιστήρ ξυλο-πώλης H. 3. συρμή f. `trailing tail of a snake' (sch.). -- 4. σύρ-της m. `towing-rope' (Man., H.), - τῶν gen. pl. (nom. sg. - της or - τός) name of a dance (Akraiphia Ip), διασύρ-της m. `slanderer' (Ptol.), δια-, ἐκ-συρτικός (hell. a. late). 5. ἀνασυρτ-όλις f. `lewd woman' (Hippon.; cf. οἰφόλις and Chantraine Form. 237 f.). 6. Prob. also Σύρτις f. name of a sea-gulf on the northcoast of Africa with sandy shores and dangerous breakers (Hdt. etc.) as "the pulling one" (cf. v. Wilamowitz on Tim. Pers. 99); metaph. `destruction' (Tim. Pers. 99, H.). 7. σύρσις f. ( διά- σύρω) `the drawing of a plough' (late). -- With φ -enlargement: 8. σύρφη φρύγανα H. 9. συρφ-ετός m. `sweepings, filth' (Hes., Call., Plu. a.o.), `rabble' (Pl. a.o.) with - ετώδης `vulgar' (Plb., Luc. a.o.); cf. νιφετός a.o. (Chantraine Form. 300, Schwyzer 501). 10. -ᾱξ m. `rabble' (Ar. V. 673 [anap.], Luc.), popular-hypocoristic formation. -- On σύρφος s. σέρφος. Cf. ἀσυρής.
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]X [probably]
    Etymology: Prob. to σαίρω `sweep' (s. v. w. lit.), but without certain cognates outside Greek. With σύρφ-η, - ετός, - αξ one compares a Germ. word for `sweep, turn (sweep turning), wipe off' in Goth. af-, bi-swairban ' εξαλεῖψαι, ἐκμάξαι', OHG swerban `drive quickly to and fro, whirl, wipe off' etc., to which also Celt., e.g. Welsh chwerfu `whirl, turn around' (Persson Stud. 55, WP. 2, 529f., Pok. 1050f. w. lit.). The semant. certainly possible connection presents the same phonetic problem as σέλας, σῦς etc. (s. vv.). In auslaut agrees σύρφη, prob. not accidentally, to the synonymous κάρφη; so formally influenced by it? An old variation bh: m in σύρ-φη: συρ-μός (Specht Ursprung 269) does not help; but it would show Pre-Greek origin -- The connection with σαίρω, both from *tu̯r̥- is hardly convincing.
    Page in Frisk: 2,823-824

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > σύρω

См. также в других словарях:

  • To draw one on to — draw draw (dr[add]), v. t. [imp. {Drew} (dr[udd]); p. p. {Drawn} (dr[add]n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Drawing}.] [OE. dra[yogh]en, drahen, draien, drawen, AS. dragan; akin to Icel. & Sw. draga, Dan. drage to draw, carry, and prob. to OS. dragan to bear,… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • To draw one out — draw draw (dr[add]), v. t. [imp. {Drew} (dr[udd]); p. p. {Drawn} (dr[add]n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Drawing}.] [OE. dra[yogh]en, drahen, draien, drawen, AS. dragan; akin to Icel. & Sw. draga, Dan. drage to draw, carry, and prob. to OS. dragan to bear,… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • To draw one to — draw draw (dr[add]), v. t. [imp. {Drew} (dr[udd]); p. p. {Drawn} (dr[add]n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Drawing}.] [OE. dra[yogh]en, drahen, draien, drawen, AS. dragan; akin to Icel. & Sw. draga, Dan. drage to draw, carry, and prob. to OS. dragan to bear,… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • draw — (dr[add]), v. t. [imp. {Drew} (dr[udd]); p. p. {Drawn} (dr[add]n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Drawing}.] [OE. dra[yogh]en, drahen, draien, drawen, AS. dragan; akin to Icel. & Sw. draga, Dan. drage to draw, carry, and prob. to OS. dragan to bear, carry, D.… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • draw — [c]/drɔ / (say draw) verb (drew /dru / (say drooh), drawn, drawing) –verb (t) 1. (sometimes followed by along, away, in, out …  

  • draw — verb (past drew; past participle drawn) 1》 produce (a picture or diagram) by making lines and marks on paper.     ↘trace or produce (a line) on a surface. 2》 pull or drag (a vehicle) so as to make it follow behind.     ↘pull or move (something)… …   English new terms dictionary

  • One Tree Hill, New Zealand — Maungakiekie redirects here. For the electorate, see Maungakiekie (New Zealand electorate). One Tree Hill Maungakiekie One Tree Hill after the removal of the One Tree . The image does not show …   Wikipedia

  • From the beginnings to Avicenna — Jean Jolivet INTRODUCTION Arabic philosophy began at the turn of the second and third centuries of the Hegira, roughly the ninth and tenth centuries AD. The place and the time are important. It was in 133/750 that the ‘Abbāssid dynasty came to… …   History of philosophy

  • One-way traffic — One way street in New York City. One way traffic (or uni directional traffic) is traffic that moves in a single direction. A one way street is a street either facilitating only one way traffic, or designed to direct vehicles to move in one… …   Wikipedia

  • One Fine Day (IPTV series) — One Fine Day Format Sitcom Created by Derek Klein Marc Morin Jr. Developed by Derek Klein Marc Morin Jr. Starring Bob Dignan Daniel Papas Elisha Reichert Kevin Zaidaman Brittney Refakes Betsy Trevarthen Jessica DiLibe …   Wikipedia

  • To draw a bow — draw draw (dr[add]), v. t. [imp. {Drew} (dr[udd]); p. p. {Drawn} (dr[add]n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Drawing}.] [OE. dra[yogh]en, drahen, draien, drawen, AS. dragan; akin to Icel. & Sw. draga, Dan. drage to draw, carry, and prob. to OS. dragan to bear,… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»